Toshiba B-EP Series Interface Specification Download

Page: 674 / 788

CHAPTER 10 SYSTEM MODE (INTERFACE COMMANDS)

B-EP

Series

10-35

10.11 SETUP MODE

10.11.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

The settings can be changed not only by commands but also by the key operations from the

printer. This section describes how to change the settings by the key operations from the

printer.

10.11.2 HOW TO ENTER INTO SETUP MODE

The [POWER] key is pressed while holding down the [FEED] or [PAUSE] key.

10.11.3 AUTO POWER-OFF FUNCTION DURING SETTING

Not performed.

10.11.4 HOW TO CHECK EACH SETUP MODE

Setup mode check is conducted by printing self-test results.

* For details, refer to the Key Operation Specification.

10.11.5 OTHER

The printer does not enter into the power save mode during the setup mode.

If the setting is the same as before, it is not written into flash ROM.

Settings made take effect, after the printer is turned OFF then ON by pressing the [POWER] key

in the SYSTEM mode, or when the printer is restarted by the Reset Command.

Summary of Contents for B-EP Series

Page 1: ...rinter B EP Series External Equipment Interface Specification 1st Edition September 19 2008 2nd Edition May 11 2009 3rd Edition February 6 2013 4th Edition June 20 2013 5th Edition June 4 2014 6th Edition December 5 2014 ...

Page 2: ...T MAP FONT FORMAT COMMAND 4 2 3 2 BARCODE 2 D CODE FORMAT COMMAND 4 2 3 3 GRAPHIC COMMAND 4 2 3 4 PC SAVE COMMAND 4 29 to 42 The following sections were added 4 3 3 HANDLING OF RECEIVED DATA BY COMMAND 4 3 3 1 COMMAND PROCESSING 4 3 3 2 FORM STORE COMMAND 4 3 3 3 GRAPHIC DATA STORE COMMAND 4 47 to 51 The following sections were added 4 4 3 HANDLING OF RECEIVED DATA BY COMMAND 4 4 3 1 PAGE MODE PRO...

Page 3: ...o a cover 5 196 6 73 7 42 5 14 1 RESET COMMAND 6 12 1 7 9 1 INITIALIZE COMMAND Notes 3 USB interface related descriptions were deleted 5 198 199 201 6 57 58 75 76 79 7 43 44 46 8 88 89 91 10 16 17 19 20 5 15 1 6 13 1 7 10 1 8 11 3 10 9 1 STATUS REQUEST COMMAND 5 12 2 6 13 2 7 10 2 8 11 4 RECEIVE BUFFER FREE SPACE STATUS REQUEST COMMAND 6 6 1 DATA PRINT COMMAND including Ir packet error was added t...

Page 4: ...e corrected 10 8 to 10 10 7 1 PRINT START POSITION FINE ADJUST COMMAND Explanation 5 Descriptions were changed Strip position fine adjustment Figures were changed when the label to label gap is 3 mm Figures were added when the gap is 7 mm Notes Terms were added to 3 6 7 and 8 were added 10 14 10 8 1 INITIALIZE COMMAND Explanation 3 Descriptions were changed Notes 1 and 2 were added 10 26 10 10 4 I...

Page 5: ...umbers were changed Feb 6 2013 3 76 to 79 Illustrations were added for each connection sequence 3 8 3 1 INFRASTRUCTURE MODE ESS Explanation was modified so that it is consistent with that of 3 8 3 2 ADHOC MODE IBSS Explanation about the Radius was corrected 3 8 3 2 ADHOC MODE Explanation about IBSS network having same ESSID was added 5 41 5 6 2 BIT MAP FONT FORMAT COMMAND 10 Increment decrement an...

Page 6: ...ore V257 has been added 11 22 Verification of the Bluetooth module version has been added to the flowchart Dec 5 2014 2 2 New model B EP GH32 has been added 2 5 3 54 Specification of the B EP GH32 Bluetooth module has been added 3 74 3 7 5 COMBINATION OF BLUETOOTH MODEL AND APPLICABLE FIRMWARE VERSION has been added 10 1 Bluetooth B EP GH32 has been added as unusable interface for communication 10...

Page 7: ...2 2 8 FONT TYPE 2 3 2 8 1 BIT MAP FONT 2 3 2 8 2 OUTLINE FONT 2 4 2 9 TYPE OF BARCODE TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE 2 4 2 9 1 BARCODE 2 4 2 9 2 TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE 2 4 2 10 FORMAT STORAGE 2 4 2 11 GRAPHIC STORAGE 2 4 2 12 WRITABLE CHARACTER STORAGE 2 5 2 13 INTERFACE 2 5 2 14 POWER SOURCE 2 5 2 15 SWITCH 2 5 2 16 SENSOR 2 5 2 17 LED 2 5 2 18 LCD 2 6 2 19 SPEAKER 2 6 2 20 ISSUE MODE 2 6 2 21 PAPER 2 6 2 22...

Page 8: ...IrCOMM INTERFACE 3 41 3 3 1 HANDLING OF RECEIVED DATA WHEN THE PRINTER GOES INTO POWER SAVE MODE 3 41 3 4 IrDA IrOBEX INTERFACE 3 42 3 4 1 HANDLING OF RECEIVED DATA WHEN THE PRINTER GOES INTO POWER SAVE MODE 3 42 3 5 RS 232C INTERFACE 3 43 3 5 1 TRANSMISSION CONTROL XON XOFF PROTOCOL 3 43 3 5 2 NOTES WHEN SENDING A COMMAND 3 44 3 5 3 HANDLING OF RECEIVED DATA WHEN THE PRINTER GOES INTO POWER SAVE ...

Page 9: ... 3 HANDLING OF RECEIVED DATA BY COMMAND 4 47 4 5 ESC POS MODE 4 52 4 5 1 INITIAL SETTING 4 52 4 5 2 RECEIPT ISSUE OPERATION 4 53 4 5 3 HANDLING OF RECEIVED DATA BY COMMAND 4 56 5 TPCL LE MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS 5 1 5 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5 1 5 2 OUTLINE OF COMMANDS 5 3 5 2 1 FORMAT OF INTERFACE COMMAND 5 3 5 2 2 HOW TO USE REFERENCE 5 3 5 2 3 PRECAUTIONS 5 3 5 3 COMMANDS RELATED TO SETTING 5 4 5 ...

Page 10: ...DE FORMAT COMMAND QR Code ESC XB 5 128 5 6 11 TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE FORMAT COMMAND MaxiCode ESC XB 5 136 5 7 COMMANDS RELATED TO PRINT DATA 5 142 5 7 1 BIT MAP FONT DATA COMMAND ESC RC 5 142 5 7 2 OUTLINE FONT DATA COMMAND ESC RV 5 147 5 7 3 BARCODE TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE DATA COMMAND ESC RB 5 150 Any codes other than MaxiCode 5 7 4 TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE DATA COMMAND MaxiCode ESC RB 5 161 5 8 COMMANDS...

Page 11: ...E COMMAND ESC IT 5 210 5 16 2 BLUETOOTH RELATED PARAMETER ACUIRE COMMAND ESC WT 5 211 6 LABEL MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS 6 1 6 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6 1 6 2 OUTLINE OF COMMANDS 6 3 6 2 1 FORMAT OF INTERFACE COMMAND 6 3 6 2 2 HOW TO USE REFERENCE 6 3 6 2 3 PRECAUTIONS 6 3 6 3 COMMANDS RELATED TO SETTING 6 4 6 3 1 LABEL SIZE SET COMMAND ESC D 6 4 6 3 2 PRINTER ID SET COMMAND ESC ID 6 7 6 3 3 MODE SELEC...

Page 12: ...R DATA STORE COMMAND ESC XD 6 65 6 9 COMMANDS RELATED TO GRAPHICS 6 67 6 9 1 GRAPHIC DATA STORE COMMAND ESC SG 6 67 6 9 2 GRAPHIC FIELD COMMAND ESC N 6 69 6 10 COMMANDS RELATED TO PC COMMAND SAVING 6 70 6 10 1 FORM STORE START COMMAND ESC XO 6 70 6 10 2 FORM STORE TERMINATE COMMAND ESC XP 6 71 6 11 COMMANDS RELATED TO CHECK 6 72 6 11 1 MESSAGE DISPLAY COMMAND ESC XJ 6 72 6 12 COMMANDS RELATED TO C...

Page 13: ...15 7 5 4 BAR CODE TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE PRINT COMMAND GS k 7 16 7 5 5 CHARACTER MAGNIFICATION COMMAND ESC 7 18 7 5 6 BARCODE HORIZONTAL SIZE COMMAND GS w 7 19 7 5 7 BARCODE HEIGHT COMMAND GS h 7 21 7 5 8 NUMERALS UNDER BARS COMMAND GS Hn 7 22 7 5 9 SECURITY LEVEL COMMAND GS s 7 23 7 5 10 NO OF COLUMNS STRINGS COMMAND GS c 7 24 7 5 11 PRINT WIDTH COMMAND ESC W 7 25 7 5 12 HORIZONTAL PRINT POSITION C...

Page 14: ...BLUETOOTH AND WIRELESS LAN 7 53 7 11 1 DEVICE ADDRESS ACQUIRE COMMAND ESC IT 7 53 7 11 2 BLUETOOTH RELATED PARAMETER ACQUIRE COMMAND ESC WT 7 54 7 12 COMMANDS RELATED TO MACRO SETTING 7 55 7 12 1 MACRO DEFINITION COMMAND GS 7 55 7 12 2 MACRO EXECUTE COMMAND GS Data NUL 7 56 7 13 EXAMPLES 7 57 7 13 1 EXAMPLES OF USING COMMANDS 7 57 8 ESC POS INTERFACE COMMANDS 8 1 8 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8 1 8 2 OU...

Page 15: ...MMAND ESC 3 8 26 8 10 15 PRINTER SELECT DESELECT COMMAND ESC 8 27 8 10 16 INITIALIZE COMMAND ESC 8 28 8 10 17 HORIZONTAL TAB POSITIONS SET COMMAND ESC D 8 30 8 10 18 BOLD PRINTING SET COMMAND ESC E 8 32 8 10 19 DOUBLE PRINTING SET COMMAND ESC G 8 33 8 10 20 FEED LENGTH SET COMMAND ESC J 8 34 8 10 21 SWITCHING TO PAGE MODE COMMAND ESC L 8 35 8 10 22 INTERNATIONAL CHARACTER SELECT COMMAND ESC R 8 36...

Page 16: ...8 10 48 APPENDIX BARCODE 8 69 8 10 49 BARCODE HORIZONTAL SIZE COMMAND GS w 8 72 8 10 50 BARCODE HEIGHT COMMAND GS h 8 74 8 10 51 NUMERALS UNDER BARS COMMAND GS H 8 75 8 10 52 PRINT AREA WIDTH SET COMMAND GS W 8 76 8 10 53 DOWNLOADED BIT IMAGE DEFINE COMMAND GS 8 77 8 10 54 DOWNLOADED BIT IMAGE PRINT MODE SET COMMAND GS 8 79 8 10 55 MACRO DEFINITION START END COMMAND GS 8 80 8 10 56 MACRO EXECUTE C...

Page 17: ...MPERATURE 9 6 9 5 CHARGING ERROR 9 6 9 6 BLUETOOTH SETTING ERROR 9 6 9 7 ERRORS IN WRITABLE CHARACTER AND PC COMMAND SAVE MODES 9 6 9 7 1 WRITE ERROR 9 6 9 7 2 FORMAT ERROR 9 6 9 7 3 MEMORY FULL 9 6 9 8 SYSTEM ERRORS 9 7 9 8 1 ADDRESS ERROR 9 7 9 8 2 GENERAL INVALID COMMAND EXCEPTION 9 7 9 8 3 SLOT INVALID EXCEPTION 9 7 9 8 4 PCB IDENTIFICATION ERROR 9 7 9 8 5 THERMAL HEAD IDENTIFICATION ERROR 9 7...

Page 18: ...ATUS 10 15 10 9 1 STATUS REQUEST COMMAND ESC FM ESC WS ESC v 10 15 10 9 2 MODE INFORMATION ACQUIRE COMMAND ESC WX 10 21 10 9 3 PRINTER SERIAL NUMBER ACQUIRE COMMAND ESC WY 10 23 10 10 COMMANDS RELATED TO BLUETOOTH AND WIRELESS LAN 10 24 10 10 1 DEVICE ADDRESS ACQUIRE COMMAND ESC IT 10 24 10 10 2 BLUETOOTH DEVICE NICKNAME SETTING ESC BN 10 25 10 10 3 INQUIRY RESPONSE TIME SETTING COMMAND ESC BZ 10 ...

Page 19: ...ER ON TIME 11 3 11 6 1 DESTINED FOR JAPAN 11 3 11 6 2 DESTINED OVERSEAS 11 3 11 7 BD ADDRESS PRINTING FUNCTION 11 3 11 8 WIRELESS LAN PARAMETER SETTINGS PRINTING FUNCTION 11 4 11 9 STRIP ISSUE MODE 11 4 11 11 STATUS 11 5 11 11 1 FUNCTIONS 11 5 11 11 2 STATUS FORMAT 11 7 11 11 3 DETAIL STATUS 11 10 11 12 LCD MESSAGES AND LED INDICATIONS 11 16 11 13 LIST OF CHARING ERROR NO AND DETAILS 11 18 11 14 L...

Page 20: ... EXTENDED CHARACTER LEVEL 1 8740H to 89AFH 13 5 13 5 3 LEVEL 2 9890H to 99BFH 13 12 13 5 4 WRITABLE CHARACTER AREA EDC0H to F0FCH 13 24 13 5 5 WRITABLE CHARACTER AREA FF40H to FFFCH 13 26 13 6 24 x 24 KANJI CODE TABLE 13 27 13 6 1 CHARACTERS INCLUDING SYMBOLS OTHER THAN KANJI 8140H to 83FCH 13 27 13 6 2 EXTENDED CHARACTER LEVEL 1 8740H to 89AFH 13 29 13 6 3 LEVEL 2 9890H to 99BFH 13 36 13 6 4 NEC ...

Page 21: ...EAN13 5 digits UPC E 2 digits UPC E 5 digits EAN8 2 digits EAN8 5 digits UPC A 2 digits UPC A 5 digits 16 2 16 3 CUSTOMER BARCODE 16 3 16 4 POSTNET 16 4 16 5 RM4SCC 16 4 16 6 KIX CODE 16 5 16 7 CODE39 Standard 16 6 16 8 CODE39 Full ASCII 16 7 16 9 NW 7 16 8 16 10 CODE93 16 9 16 11 CODE128 16 10 16 11 1 TRANSFER CODE 16 10 16 11 2 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE CONTROL CODE DATA 16 10 16 11 3 HOW TO TRANSMIT ...

Page 22: ...R CODE 16 17 16 14 3 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE CONTROL CODE DATA 16 18 16 14 4 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE SPECIAL CODES 16 18 16 14 5 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE KANJI CODES 16 18 16 15 MAXICODE 16 19 16 15 1 When the MaxiCode specification is set to TYPE1 Compatible with the current version in the system mode 16 20 16 15 2 When the MaxiCode specification is set to TYPE2 Special specification in the system mode 16 21 ...

Page 23: ...FICATION ORGANIZATION Chapter 1 SCOPE GENERAL DESCRIPTION Chapter 2 OUTLINE OF SPECIFICATIONS Chapter 3 INTERFACE Chapter 4 TRANSMISSION SEQUENCE Chapter 5 TPCL MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS Chapter 6 LABEL MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS Chapter 7 RECEIPT MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS Chapter 8 ESC POS MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS Chapter 9 ERROR PROCESSING Chapter 10 SYSTEM MODE Chapter 11 OTHER FUNCTIONS Chapter 12 CHA...

Page 24: ...mand LABEL mode The label format information graphic data or writable character data sent from the host is previously stored in flash ROM as an initial setting The printer links the print data sent through its interface to the format data or writable character data in flash ROM then draws and issues RECEIPT mode The printer draws and issues according to the data or commands sent from the host ESC ...

Page 25: ...DL B EP4DL GH20 QM R Approx 855 g B EP4DL GH30 QM R Approx 860 g B EP4DL GH40 QM R Approx 865 g B EP4DL GH32 QM R Approx 860 g Including a battery excluding paper 2 4 PRINTING METHOD Direct thermal 2 5 HEAD SPECIFICATION B EP2DL 8 dots mm B EP4DL 8 dots mm 2 6 PRINT SPEED Approx 12 5 mm sec to Approx 105 mm sec at 25 C when using the battery designated and paper recommended by Toshiba TEC 2 7 PRIN...

Page 26: ... Helvetica Bold 18 point Helvetica Bold 21 point Helvetica Italic 18 point Presentation Bold 27 point Letter Gothic Medium 14 3 point Prestige Elite Medium 10 5 point Prestige Elite Bold 15 point Courier Medium 15 point Courier Bold 18 point OCR A 12 point OCR B 12 point GOTHIC725 Black 6 point Kanji writable character Gothic type 16 16 dots 1 Kanji writable character Gothic type 24 24 dots 1 Kanj...

Page 27: ...128 EAN128 MSI Industrial 2 of 5 MATRIX 2 of 5 for NEC GS1 Databar Omnidirectional Stacked Stacked Omnidirectional Limited Expanded Expanded Stacked Customer barcode POSTNET RM4SCC KIX CODE Some barcodes cannot be printed depending on the print mode 2 9 2 TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE QR code PDF417 Data Matrix MaxiCode MicroPDF417 Some two dimensional codes cannot be printed depending on the print mode 2 ...

Page 28: ... Class 2 V2 1 EDR class 2 Wireless LAN 802 11b g USB V2 0 2 14 POWER SOURCE Type Lithium ion battery Voltage B EP2DL B EP4DL Voltage 7 4 V 2600 mAh 14 8 V 2600 mAh Charging method Charge only the battery using the battery charger 2 15 SWITCH POWER switch FEED switch PAUSE switch 2 16 SENSOR Cover open sensor Transmissive sensor Reflective sensor Strip issue path detection sensor Head temperature s...

Page 29: ...Volume adjustment function 2 20 ISSUE MODE Strip issue with label present sensor Batch issue 2 21 PAPER B EP2DL B EP4DL Label width 13 to 55 mm 47 to 112 mm Label to label gap 3 to 7 mm 3 to 7 mm Black mark length 3 to 7 mm 3 to 7 mm Backing paper width 16 to 58 mm 50 to 115 mm Receipt paper width 16 to 58 mm 50 to 115 mm ...

Page 30: ... However when the RECEIPT mode or ESC POS mode is selected or no sensor is designated a first print position feed is not performed 2 26 STATUS PRINTING Pressing the POWER key while holding down the FEED key allows the printer for service technicians and system administrators to enter the SYSTEM mode Pressing the POWER key while holding down the PAUSE key allows the printer for general users to ent...

Page 31: ...ries 2 8 2 28 STRIP ISSUE When the LABEL mode mode 0 TPCL mode mode A or TPCL1 mode mode B is selected the specified number of labels are printed Note that a next print job is not performed until the printed label is removed from the strip shaft ...

Page 32: ...the printer the printer interface will be switched to the RS 232C interface When the RS 232C cable is disconnected the interface will be switched to IrDA IrDA USB Bluetooth model or IrDA USB Wireless LAN model Usually IrDA interface is standing by for communications When data is sent from Bluetooth interface or wireless LAN interface the printer interface is automatically switched to the appropria...

Page 33: ...andard Transfer rate 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 bps 1 Communication distance within 0 2 m 2 Peak wave length of emitted light 850 to 900 nm Communicable angle within 15 Ambient illuminance 1000 lx or less fluorescent lamp and incandescent lamp Emissive power Min 3 6 mW Sr θh θv 15 Min photo sensibility Min 9 µW cm2 θh θv 15 1 Values for the normal mode are dependent on the communication protoco...

Page 34: ... state for receiving the command packet the printer sends a NAK within 40 msec When an error such as CRC occurs the printer sends a NAK NAK 15H The printer sends an ACK when the printer properly receives the command packet and enters a ready state for receiving the next data or when the data is stored into flash ROM ACK 06H e End of link Host Printer When there is no packet to be sent the host sen...

Page 35: ...rror 03H Paper jam 04H Label end 05H Cover open error 06H Broken head dots error 07H Thermal head excessive temperature 08H Flash ROM write error 09H Flash ROM erase error 0AH Low battery Print failure 0BH Operating 0CH Communication error In the RECEIPT mode or for RS 232C connection only 0DH Normal end Label end 0EH Flash ROM storage area full state 0FH Wait for strip In the LABEL mode only 10H ...

Page 36: ...ging error 38H Bluetooth setting successfully completed Response status for automatic status transmission 39H Bluetooth setup error including initialization error Battery status The battery charge status is indicated in 5 levels B EP2DL 01H 7 2 V or less Print failure 02H 7 3 V to 7 4 V remaining No of printable labels Approx 1 to 30 03H 7 5 V to 7 7 V remaining No of printable labels Approx 30 to...

Page 37: ...l head excessive temperature 19 Ambient temperature error 32 Abnormal battery temperature 33 Battery excessive temperature 36 Low battery 37 Charging error 38 Bluetooth setting successfully completed Response status for automatic status transmission 39 Bluetooth setup error including initialization error 40 Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 41 Normal feed end Respo...

Page 38: ...ure including ambient temperature error battery abnormal temperature and battery excessive temperature 36 Low battery 37 Charging error 38 Bluetooth setting successfully completed Response status for automatic status transmission 39 Bluetooth setup error including initialization error 40 Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 41 Normal feed end Response status for autom...

Page 39: ...es The first 1 byte is fixed at 00H Designate the length using the remaining 2 bytes in order from Low to High 0001 H to 0FFFH CRC 2 byte hex data in order from Low to High Between the start and the termination of storing the form a packet including several commands can be sent However the command data should not be included in two packets For other commands one packet should include only one comm...

Page 40: ... bytes of command data When the length is designated in 1 byte 1 byte 01H to FFH When the length is designated in 2 bytes 3 bytes The first 1 byte is fixed at 00H Designate the length using the remaining 2 bytes in order from Low to High 0001 H to 0FFFH NOTE Up to 4 KB per one packet can be sent However total data amount from the first block to the final block must be 60 KB or less Mode Fixed at Y...

Page 41: ...the remaining 2 bytes in order from Low to High 0001 H to 0FFFH NOTE Up to 4 KB per one packet can be sent However total data amount from the first block to the final block must be 60 KB or less Mode Fixed at Y indicating the RECEIPT mode Flag Flag indicating the block No or the final block flag for the receipt issue 1 byte CRC 2 byte hex data in order from Low to High For the Status Request Comma...

Page 42: ...MNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ LF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUV...

Page 43: ...k request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK Normal reception CRC OK ACK for the command process end is transmitted Command packet Start of command process End of data storage or an issue ACK EOT ACK A link request is transmitted every 50 msec if the printer sends no NAK Within 1 sec Within 1 sec Within 200 msec ...

Page 44: ... 03H 51H 0AH 00H F7H 8AH Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK Normal reception CRC OK ACK for the command process end is transmitted Command packet 1 Start of data process End of data storage ACK EOT ACK A link request is transmitted every 50 msec if the printer sends no NAK Within 1 sec Within 1 sec Within 200 msec CRC Command Length Printer ID STX ...

Page 45: ...d A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK Normal reception CRC OK ACK for the command process end is transmitted Command packet 1 Start of data process End of data storage ACK EOT ACK A link request is transmitted every 50 msec if the printer sends no NAK Within 1 sec Within 1 sec Within 200 msec Within 40 msec NAK Resend command packet 1 Within 1 sec Erroneous data reception of CRC CRC ...

Page 46: ...R 0AH 00H 44H 2DH Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK Normal reception CRC OK ACK for the command process end is transmitted Command packet 1 Start of command process End of data storage ACK EOT ACK A link request is transmitted every 50 msec if the printer sends no NAK Within 1 sec Within 1 sec Within 200 msec CRC Command Length Printer ID STX ...

Page 47: ...st PAD NAK Normal reception CRC OK ACK for the command process end is transmitted Command packet 1 Start of command process End of data storage ACK EOT ACK A link request is transmitted every 50 msec if the printer sends no NAK Within 1 sec Within 1 sec Within 200 msec Within 40 msec NAK Resend command packet 1 Within 1 sec Erroneous data reception of CRC CRC NG In case of a CRC error caused by re...

Page 48: ...s designated in 1 byte is shown below Print position fine adjust command To send ESC AX 000 LF NUL 02H 00H 00H 0DH 1BH AX 000 0AH 00H AAH 44H Strip sensor adjust command To send ESC AZ 0 LF NUL 02H 00H 00H 0DH 1BH AZ 0 0AH 00H 34H F4H Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK Normal reception CRC OK ACK for the command process end is transmitted Command p...

Page 49: ...LF NUL 02H 00H 00H 0DH 1BH AX 000 0AH 00H AAH 44H Strip sensor adjust command To send ESC AZ 0 LF NUL 02H 00H 00H 0DH 1BH AZ 0 0AH 00H 34H F4H Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK Normal reception CRC OK ACK for the command process end is transmitted Command packet 1 Start of data entry End of data storage ACK EOT ACK A link request is transmitted ev...

Page 50: ...K for the command process end is transmitted Command packet Start of command process End of data storage issue ACK EOT ACK Command packet ACK Command packet ACK A link request is transmitted every 50 msec if the printer sends no NAK Within 1 sec Within 1 sec Within 1 sec Within 1 sec Normal reception CRC OK Within 200 msec Normal reception CRC OK Within 200 msec Normal reception CRC OK Within 200 ...

Page 51: ...0AH 1BH AX 000 0AH 00H AAH 44H Command packet 5 02H 00H 00H 29H 1BH PV01 0050 0250 0030 0030 A 00 B 00 1 0 0AH 00H BBH EEH Command packet 2 1 Command packet 11 1 Command packets 3 to 10 CRC Command Length Printer ID STX Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK ACK for the command process end is transmitted Command packet 1 1 Start of command process End ...

Page 52: ...6H 1BH PC03 0050 0200 2 2 A 00 B 00 1 0 P0 0AH 00H F0H F7H Command packet 8 02H 00H 00H 2CH 1BH XB04 0250 0350 0 3 02 0 0080 020 1 00 1 0 0AH 00H 76H 6CH Command packet 9 02H 00H 00H 1DH 1BH LC 0010 0010 0470 0500 1 3 0AH 00H 11H E5H Command packet 10 02H 00H 00H 10H 1BH N 1 0050 0350 0AH 00H EBH 46H Command packet 11 02H 00H 00H 05H 1BH XP 0AH 00H 05H 2AH ...

Page 53: ...BH PC02 0150 0100 4 4 A 00 B 00 1 0 P0 0AH 00H 1BH PC03 0050 0200 2 2 A 00 B 00 1 0 P0 0AH 00H 1BH XB04 0250 0350 0 3 02 0 0080 020 1 00 1 0 0AH 00H 1BH LC 0010 0010 0470 0500 1 3 0AH 00H 9BH EAH Command packet 2 02H 00H 00H 15H 1BH N 1 0050 0350 0AH 00H 1BH XP 0AH 00H AAH 5FH Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK ACK for the command process end is tr...

Page 54: ...FH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH F...

Page 55: ...H FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH FFH 0AH 00H 7AH 1FH ...

Page 56: ...interface can be received Data received from another interface before the specified time has passed will be discarded When data is received from another interface during data transmission and reception with the IrDA interface the printer interface will be automatically switched to the one from which the data has been received In this case the IrDA communication will fail Printer A link request is ...

Page 57: ...ommand packets below can be sent 1 When the status request command packet is FM command The command packet in the LABEL mode of which length is designated in 1 byte 02H 00H 00H 05H 1BH FM 0AH 00H 0CH 3DH The command packet in the RECEIPT mode of which length is designated in 1 byte 02H 00H 00H 07H 59H 00H 1BH FM 0AH 00H 78H 66H CRC Command Length Printer ID STX CRC Command Flag Mode Length Printer...

Page 58: ...e 0 The command packet in the LABEL mode of which length is designated in 1 byte 02H 00H 00H 06H 1BH M 0 0AH 00H D0H CCH 2 When a command packet includes mode select command mode 1 The command packet in the LABEL mode of which length is designated in 1 byte 02H 00H 00H 06H 1BH M 1 0AH 00H FFH 96H Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK Normal reception ...

Page 59: ...mode of which length is designated in 1 byte 02H 00H 00H 08H 59H 00H 1BH M 0 0AH 00H 6EH C7H 5 When a command packet includes mode select command mode 1 The command packet in the RECEIPT mode of which length is designated in 1 byte 02H 00H 00H 08H 59H 00H 1BH M 1 0AH 00H B2H 9DH 6 When a command packet includes mode select command mode A The command packet in the RECEIPT mode of which length is de...

Page 60: ...ver when a CRC error a framing error or an overrun error occurs within 1 sec the timer is reset Host PAD Command packet NAK ACK Status packet Command packet NAK CRC error When a CRC error occurs in the received command the printer sends a NAK after the command packet is received EOT Command packet NAK Framing error overrun error When the reception of an EOT or a command packet results in a framing...

Page 61: ...The command is not processed Status packet Normal reception CRC OK A link request is transmitted every 50 msec if the printer sends no NAK Within 1 sec Within 1 sec Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Host PAD NAK Regardless of a normal or error state the printer returns a status packet when receiving the Status Request Command Status request command packet Stat...

Page 62: ...d Therefore time out waiting for an ACK is not set Printer Time out due to waiting for a command after a NAK is sent 1 sec Time out due to waiting for an EOT or a command after an ACK is sent 1 sec Time out due to waiting for an EOT after the status is sent 1 sec Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Normal reception CRC OK The process ends abnormally Therefore an...

Page 63: ...on CRC OK Host PAD NAK CRC CRC Command Data 80H Y Length ID ID STX Start of command process End of command process ACK for the command process end is transmitted ACK CRC CRC Command Data 81H Y Length ID ID STX ACK CRC CRC Command Data 02H Y Length ID ID STX ACK EOT ACK A link request is transmitted every 50 msec if the printer sends no NAK Command packet Within 1 sec Command packet Within 1 sec Co...

Page 64: ...issue the receipt After issuing the receipt the remainder can be sent If the next command packet is sent during an issue it is discarded without being processed The block Nos must be consecutive starting from 0 in ascending order If the block Nos are not consecutive starting from 0 in ascending order a command syntax error occurs If the same block No is received again before the final block is rec...

Page 65: ... B7H Printer A link request is detected A link is established Within 40 msec Normal reception CRC OK Host PAD NAK CRC CRC Command Data 80H Y Length ID ID STX Start of command process End of command process ACK for the command process end is transmitted ACK CRC CRC Command Data 81H Y Length ID ID STX ACK CRC CRC Command Data 02H Y Length ID ID STX ACK EOT ACK A link request is transmitted every 50 ...

Page 66: ...A 000 00 B M0 0000000000 Z00 P1 XB04 0050 0380 0 3 02 0 0040 0000000000 020 1 00 XB05 0290 0380 Q 11 03 01 0 C033033 RC01 Sample RC02 BITMAPFONT RV03 OUTLINEFONT RB04 1234567 RB05 12345 B8H 4BH Command packet 3 02H 00H 01H 29H 59H 02H 6789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234 XS I 0001 0002C1001 D1H 67H ...

Page 67: ...90 0AH 12345678901234567890 0AH 1234 56789012345678 0AH 1DH 0AH 1DH ABCDEFGHIJKLM 00H 0AH 0AH 1BH a 30H 1BH KVA030030OUTLINEFONT 0AH 1BH KVB030030OUTLINEFONT 0AH 0AH 1DH w 04H 1DH hh 1DH qM 1DH r1 1DH kT1234567890 00H 0AH 0AH 1DH w 03H 1DH h 03H 1DH s 00H 1DH c 01H 1DH kP 02H 93H Command packet 3 02H 03H 51H 55H 59H 02H 123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890 00H Printer A lin...

Page 68: ...CHAPTER 3 INTERFACE B EP Series 3 37 0AH 0AH 1BH O 010 1BH L3360 0AH 0AH 0AH C3H 97H ...

Page 69: ...TE 1 EOT has not been received S1 If the issue is not completed S3 S3 S3 S3 Status Request Command S1 S1 S2 S1 Wait state for an EOT after the status transmission S4 Status transmission S4 Status transmission S4 Clear of error S1 End of link S1 S1 NOTES 1 Only when the ACK transmission for the process end is specified by the Data Print Command an ACK is sent after an issue is completed 2 An ACK fo...

Page 70: ...mmand ACK transmission if the issue is completed End of link NOTE 1 NAK transmission NAK transmission S1 S1 If the issue is not completed S3 S3 S3 EOT has not been received S3 S3 Status request S1 S1 S2 S2 S1 Wait state for an EOT after the status transmission S4 Status transmission S4 Status transmission S4 Status transmission S4 Clear of error S1 End of link S1 Timer reset S4 S1 NOTE An ACK for ...

Page 71: ...ds previously received data and goes into a wait state to receive data from the first block if reception is stopped and a timeout occurs power save mode During single block the printer discards partially received data and goes into a wait state to receive data from the first STX if reception is stopped and a timeout occurs power save mode because the reception mode changes to the STX reception wai...

Page 72: ... lamp and incandescent lamp Emissive power Min 3 6 mW Sr θh θv 15 Min photo sensibility Min 9 µW cm2 θh θv 15 1 Values are dependent on the communication protocol settings 2 The communication distance may become shorter than 0 2 m depending on the host s performance Device nickname 2 inch 203 dpi model B EP2DL G 4 inch 203 dpi model B EP4DL G Service name Class name IrDA IrCOMM Min turnaround time...

Page 73: ...escent lamp and incandescent lamp Emissive power Min 3 6 mW Sr θh θv 15 Min photo sensibility Min 9 µW cm2 θh θv 15 1 Values are dependent on the communication protocol settings 2 The communication distance may become shorter than 0 2 m depending on the host s performance Device nickname 2 inch 203 dpi model B EP2DL G 4 inch 203 dpi model B EP4DL G Service name Class name IrDA IrOBEX Min turnaroun...

Page 74: ...ation protocol settings 2 Error detection is available in the RECEIPT mode only 3 5 1 TRANSMISSION CONTROL XON XOFF PROTOCOL The printer sends an XOFF code 13H to the host when the blank positions in the receive buffer become 10Kbytes or less The printer sends an XON code 11H to the host when the blank positions in the receive buffer become 256Kbytes or more When there are no blank positions in th...

Page 75: ...ommand Strip Sensor Adjust Command Data Print Command When automatic status transmission is not specified by the Data Print Command the issue end status is not sent Therefore check the printer status by transmitting the Status Request Command When the printer status is idling the next command should be sent In the TPCL mode when the automatic status response is selected the host sends a response w...

Page 76: ...ion error In the RECEIPT mode or for RS 232C connection only 0DH Normal end Label end See NOTE 0EH Flash ROM storage area full state 0FH Wait for strip In the LABEL mode only 10H Normal issue end 14H Pause state 19H Ambient temperature error 32H Abnormal battery temperature 33H Battery excessive temperature 37H Charging error 38H Bluetooth setting successfully completed 39H Bluetooth setup error i...

Page 77: ...excessive temperature 08H Flash ROM write error 09H Flash ROM erase error 0AH Low battery Print failure 0BH Operating including wait for strip pause state writable character PC command save mode wait for battery recovery wait for head temperature reduction and wait for motor temperature reduction 0CH Communication error In the RECEIPT mode or for RS 232C connection only 0DH Normal end Label end 0E...

Page 78: ...Approx 150 to 300 05H 8 0 V to 8 4 V remaining No of printable labels Approx 300 or more B EP4DL 01H 14 0 V or less Print failure 02H 14 1 V to 14 6 V remaining No of printable labels Approx 1 to 30 03H 14 7 V to 15 2 V remaining No of printable labels Approx 30 to 150 04H 15 3 V to 15 9 V remaining No of printable labels Approx 150 to 300 05H 16 0 V to 16 8 V remaining No of printable labels Appr...

Page 79: ...xcessive temperature 19 Ambient temperature error 32 Abnormal battery temperature 33 Battery excessive temperature 36 Low battery 37 Charging error 38 Bluetooth setting successfully completed No response with Status Request Command 39 Bluetooth setup error including initialization error 40 Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 41 Normal feed end Response status for aut...

Page 80: ...excessive temperature Including ambient temperature error abnormal battery temperature and battery excessive temperature 36 Low battery 37 Charging error 38 Bluetooth setting successfully completed No response with Status Request Command 39 Bluetooth setup error including initialization error 40 Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 41 Normal feed end Response status f...

Page 81: ... state If it is in a High state the printer cannot be returned to the normal state from the power save mode by opening closing the cover or pressing the POWER switch or the FEED switch Host 4 TXD Line for data which the printer sends to the host Logic 1 is a Low level while logic 0 is a High level It is in a Low Mark state when no transmission is in progress It is in a high impedance state in powe...

Page 82: ... For the printer Manufacturer HOSHIDEN Model name TCP8685 or equivalent For the host Manufacturer DDK Model name 17JE 13090 02 D8C or equivalent 3 5 3 HANDLING OF RECEIVED DATA WHEN THE PRINTER GOES INTO POWER SAVE MODE Data is left in the received buffer until reception is stopped and a timeout occurs power save mode because the received buffer has not been initialized TXD TTL CMOS LOGIC LEVEL RX...

Page 83: ...RECEIPT1 or ESC POS Status after ESC WB LF NUL 23 bytes SOH 01H Header of the status block STX 02H Status 3XH Printer status Details are described later 3XH Status type 33H This indicates a status with free space of the receive buffer included Remaining count 3XH Remaining print count 0000 0 label tag to 9999 9999 labels tags 3XH 3XH 3XH Length 32H Total number of bytes of this status block 23 23 ...

Page 84: ... 3 53 3 6 1 HANDLING OF RECEIVED DATA WHEN THE PRINTER GOES INTO POWER SAVE MODE Data is left in the received buffer until reception is stopped and a timeout occurs power save mode because the received buffer has not been initialized ...

Page 85: ...g Scan interval 1 28 sec Scan window 22 5 msec Device class Major Device Class Imaging Minor Device Class Printer SSP authentication type None Not supported Selectable from the following four types Just Works Numeric Comparison No Input No Output Numeric Comparison Display Only Numeric Comparison Display YesNo Factory default setting None Just Works Although the SR mode of the printer is R2 that o...

Page 86: ... the printer is turned ON it prints the Bluetooth device address Character The BD address is printed on the self test result in the SYSTEM mode Barcode Various parameters are printed by holding down the POWER switch for 3 seconds or more after a message ON LINE is displayed on the LCD at a power ON time For details see the Key Operation Specifications ...

Page 87: ...ion program 1 Disconnecting the Bluetooth connection between the host and the printer after the host receives an end of job status from the printer and confirms the completion of the job 2 Waiting for the minimum of 100 msec after a data transmission to the printer before disconnecting the Bluetooth connection 3 Maintaining the Bluetooth connection while a series of print jobs are performed on the...

Page 88: ...F NUL ESC v STX Printer ID Printer status Battery level 02H xxHxxH 00H xxH Make sure that the printer is in idle state c Request for a Bluetooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetooth connection e Save start command through Save terminate command Bit map writable character command or Graphic command d Status request command Usually a status request command is not necessary to be sent...

Page 89: ...e to the status request command Host Printer fRequest for a disconnection of the Bluetooth connection fResponse to the request for the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection e Status indicating a normal termination of a label issue Normal termination A status request command does not need to be sent STX Printer ID Printer status Battery level 02H xxHxxH 10H xxH ESC X01H01H01H LF NUL e Data prin...

Page 90: ...sure that the printer is in idle state c Request for a Bluetooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetooth connection d Status sent in response to the status request command Host Printer fRequest for a disconnection of the Bluetooth connection fResponse to the request for the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection e Status indicating a normal termination of data storage Normal termin...

Page 91: ...ommand STX Printer ID Printer status Battery level 02H xxHxxH 00H xxH Make sure that the printer is in idle state h Status sent in response to the status request command STX Printer ID Printer status Battery level 02H xxHxxH 0BH xxH g Status sent in response to the status request command The printer is in operation Issue Waiting time until the end of a print job Confirmation of the printer status ...

Page 92: ...d depending on the radio state wait a response with approx 1 second timeout E g ESC FM 0A 00 g Status request command Repeat until the printer enters the normal state 30H30H E g ESC FM 0A 00 h Status request command SOH STX Status Unprinted count ETX EOT CR LF 01H 02H 30H30HxxH 3xH3xH3xH3xH 03H 04H 0DH 0AH Make sure that the printer is in idle state h Status sent in response to the status request ...

Page 93: ... normal termination of issue Normal termination A status request command does not need to be sent Issue Waiting time until the end of a print job d Status sent in response to the status request command Confirmation of the printer status prior to data storage One of the following commands ESC FM LF NUL ESC WS LF NUL ESC v c Request for a Bluetooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetoot...

Page 94: ...s writable characters or graphics The printer status can also be confirmed with the following command ESC WB LF NUL Note that the contents of the status vary which deserves special attention Min 100 msec STX Printer ID Printer status Battery level 02H xxHxxH 00H xxH Make sure that the printer is in idle state Provide 100 msec or more wait time after the termination of data transmission via Bluetoo...

Page 95: ...NUL ESC v Make sure that the printer is in idle state c Request for a Bluetooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetooth connection d Status sent in response to the status request command Host Printer fRequest for a disconnection of the Bluetooth connection fResponse to the request for the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection ESC X01H01H01H LF NUL e Data print command 01H Transmis...

Page 96: ...rior to data storage One of the following commands ESC FM LF NUL ESC WS LF NUL ESC v Make sure that the printer is in idle state c Request for a Bluetooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetooth connection d Status sent in response to the status request command Host Printer fRequest for a disconnection of the Bluetooth connection fResponse to the request for the disconnection of the B...

Page 97: ...onfirmation of the printer status prior to data storage One of the following commands ESC FM LF NUL ESC WS LF NUL ESC v Make sure that the printer is in idle state c Request for a Bluetooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetooth connection d Status sent in response to the status request command Host Printer fRequest for a disconnection of the Bluetooth connection fResponse to the req...

Page 98: ...e printer is in idle state eBit map writable character command or Save start command d Status sent in response to the status request command Data storage Confirmation of the printer status prior to data storage One of the following commands ESC FM LF NUL ESC WS LF NUL ESC v c Request for a Bluetooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetooth connection Host Printer fRequest for a disconn...

Page 99: ...printer is in operation e Label size set command to Issue command Issue d Status sent in response to the status request command Confirmation of the printer status prior to data storage One of the following commands ESC FM LF NUL ESC WS LF NUL ESC v c Request for a Bluetooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetooth connection Host Printer fRequest for a disconnection of the Bluetooth co...

Page 100: ...n also be confirmed with the following command ESC WB LF NUL Note that the contents of the status vary which deserves special attention STX Printer ID Printer status Battery level 02H xxHxxH 00H xxH STX Printer ID Printer status Battery level 02H xxHxxH 10H xxH Repeat when there is a next data storage job Make sure that the printer is in idle state Data storage d Status sent in response to the sta...

Page 101: ...ooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetooth connection d Status sent in response to the status request command Host Printer fRequest for a disconnection of the Bluetooth connection fResponse to the request for the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection e Status indicating a normal termination of data storage Normal termination ESC X01H01H01H LF NUL e Data print command 01H Transmi...

Page 102: ...S LF NUL ESC v Make sure that the printer is in idle state c Request for a Bluetooth connection c Response to the request for a Bluetooth connection d Status sent in response to the status request command Host Printer fRequest for a disconnection of the Bluetooth connection fResponse to the request for the disconnection of the Bluetooth connection e Status indicating a normal termination of data s...

Page 103: ...mand LF e Print data f Status sent in response to the status request command The printer is in operation Make sure that the printer is in idle state h Status sent in response to the status request command g Status sent in response to the status request command The printer is in operation Issue Waiting time until the end of a print job Confirmation of the printer status prior to data storage One of...

Page 104: ...F NUL E g ESC FM 0A 00 Make sure that the printer is in idle state eBit map writable character command or Save start command f Status request command d Status sent in response to the status request command f Status sent in response to the status request command The printer is in operation E g ESC FM 0A 00 g Status request command E g ESC FM 0A 00 h Status request command Make sure that the printer...

Page 105: ...3xH3xH 03H 04H 0DH 0AH Repeat when there is a next print job E g ESC XS I 0001 0002C1011 LF NUL Status response is enabled The printer is in operation e Label size set command to Issue command eStatus indicating a normal termination of issue After a normal termination of an issue a status is automatically sent Normal termination Issue Waiting time until the end of a print job d Status sent in resp...

Page 106: ...istance 100 m 360 Depending on conditions Client protocol Physical layer 802 11b g Data link layer CSMA CA Network layer IP ICMP ARP Transport layer TCP UDP Application layer SOCKET LPR SNMP agent DHCP client Web server WINS client Flow control TCP IP flow control Antenna Built in Parameter setting Via USB Parameter status monitoring Via HTTP ...

Page 107: ... supports at a power ON time When receiving a valid active scanning response from the access point the printer enters the connection state The channel set at the access point is used The printer out of the connection state repeats active scanning every 40 seconds until it enters the connection state If the printer comes into a situation where it cannot receive the beacon from the access point for ...

Page 108: ...fying a name of a wireless access point It is named by a user BSSID Basic Service Set ID One of the identifiers generally identifying the MAC address of an access point in the case of BSS networks It is not changeable by a user Note Direct communication with wireless device is not allowed when BSSID is different Channel 1 Channel 2 Roaming is enabled when the same ESSID is assigned The printer tri...

Page 109: ...etwork having different BSSID wireless devices used in pairs are required to try connection within a near area to avoid joining the network with different BSSID When the printer detects that there is a network having different BSSID but the same ESSID or the IBSS creator exited from the network during periodic IBSS network monitoring it tries re connection to an optimum IBSS network At this time a...

Page 110: ...r cannot receive a valid response from the creator after performing an active scanning as a joiner with ESSID ABC the printer itself becomes a creator and creates an IBSS network At this time the printer refers to its own setup data for the channel to be used After that moving this new network into the cell of BSSID X1 network may cause the BSSID to change to BSSID X1 Note It depends on the device...

Page 111: ...CHAPTER 4 TRANSMISSION SEQUENCE B EP Series 4 1 4 TRANSMISSION SEQUENCE 4 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION This section describes details regarding the transmission sequence between the host and the printer ...

Page 112: ...d with each storing 3 Performing other operations storing PC interface commands and label issue operation after storing writable characters or logos automatically clears the image buffer 4 If the storage operation is not continued after storing writable characters or logos the printer enters the on line mode label issue operation after approx 1 6 seconds At the same time the image buffer is automa...

Page 113: ...writable characters or logos z Label issue operation No Yes ESC XO Declares the start of saving PC interface commands Save Start Command Label Size Set Command Position Fine Adjust Command Print Density Fine Adjust Command Image Buffer Clear Command Line Format Command Bit Map Font Format Command Outline Font Format Command Barcode 2 D Code Format Command Save Terminate Command ESC D Sets the labe...

Page 114: ...t Format Command Outline Font Format Command Barcode 2 D Code Format Command ESC D Sets the label size ESC AX Adjusts the feed length ESC AY Adjusts the print density separation setting ESC C Clears the image buffer ESC LC Sets the line format and draws it ESC PC Sets the bit map font format ESC PV Sets the outline font format ESC XB Sets the barcode 2 D code format ESC RC Draws bit map font data ...

Page 115: ...e used for transmitting print data to the printer For details see the XML Specifications Bit Map Font Data Command Changed data issue Yes Place paper Saved Data Read Command ESC XQ Reads the label format stored in flash memory ESC RC Draws bit map font data Feed Command ESC T Feeds one sheet of paper and aligns it with the first print position Outline Font Data Command ESC RV Draws outline font da...

Page 116: ...available when the print data is retransmitted from the beginning in the next transmission Command transmission and print results Examples 1 When transmitting print data for two labels as usual AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 1st label data PC00 0030 0050 2 1 a 00 B 0000000000 RC00 2inch 0001 XS I 0001 0000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 2nd labe...

Page 117: ...0050 2 1 a 00 B 0000000000 RC00 2inch 0001 XS I 0001 0000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 PC00 0030 0050 2nd label data 2nd transmission 2 1 a 00 B 0000000000 RC00 2inch 0002 XS I 0001 0000C2011 Print result c as shown below is printed after the 1st transmission and d as shown below is printed after the 2nd transmission c d Interrupts communication while the command is ...

Page 118: ...0050 2 1 a 00 B 0000000000 RC00 2inch 0001 XS I 0001 0000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 PC00 0030 0050 2 1 a 00 B 0000000000 2nd label data 2nd transmission RC00 2inch 0002 XS I 0001 0000C2011 Print result c as shown below is printed after the 1st transmission and d as shown below is printed after the 2nd transmission c d Interrupts communication with the command sepa...

Page 119: ...nch 0001 XS I 0001 0000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C 2nd label data underway LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 PC00 0030 0050 2nd transmission AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 2nd label data PC00 0030 0050 2 1 a 00 B 0000000000 RC00 2inch 0002 XS I 0001 0000C2011 Print result c as shown below is printed after the 1st transmission and a command error occurs after the 2nd transmis...

Page 120: ...000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C 2nd label data underway LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 PC00 0030 0050 2 1 a 00 B 0000000000 2nd transmission AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 2nd label data PC00 0030 0050 2 1 a 00 B 0000000000 RC00 2inch 0002 XS I 0001 0000C2011 Print result c as shown below is printed after the 1st transmission and d as shown below is printed after the 2nd t...

Page 121: ...ng is available when the print data is retransmitted from the beginning in the next transmission Command transmission and print results Examples 1 When transmitting print data for two labels as usual AY 00 1 3 D0230 0480 0200 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 1st label data XB00 0200 0050 0 3 02 0 0050 0000000000 020 1 00 RB00 0000001 XS I 0001 0000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0230 0480 0200 C LC 0010 0010 0470 00...

Page 122: ...00 0050 0 3 02 0 0050 0000000000 020 1 00 RB00 0000001 XS I 0001 0000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0230 0480 0200 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 2nd label data XB00 0200 0050 0 3 02 0 0050 0 2nd transmission 000000000 020 1 00 RB00 0000002 XS I 0001 0000C2011 Print result The 1st label data is printed after the 1st transmission and the 2nd label data is printed after the 2nd transmission Interrupts communication...

Page 123: ...200 0050 0 3 02 0 0050 0000000000 020 1 00 RB00 0000001 XS I 0001 0000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0230 0480 0200 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 XB00 0200 0050 0 3 02 0 0050 0000000000 020 1 00 2nd label data 2nd transmission RB00 0000002 XS I 0001 0000C2011 Print result The 1st label data is printed after the 1st transmission and the 2nd label data is printed after the 2nd transmission Interrupts communication...

Page 124: ...01 XS I 0001 0000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C 2nd label data underway LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 XB00 0200 0050 0 3 02 0 0050 0 2nd transmission AY 00 1 3 D0230 0480 0200 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 2nd label data XB00 0200 0050 0 3 02 0 0050 0000000000 020 1 00 RB00 0000002 XS I 0001 0000C2011 Print result The 1st label data is printed after the 1st transmission and a command error occurs a...

Page 125: ...I 0001 0000C2011 AY 00 1 3 D0130 0480 0100 C 2nd label data underway LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 PC00 0030 0050 2 1 a 00 B 0000000000 2nd transmission AY 00 1 3 D0230 0480 0200 C LC 0010 0010 0470 0060 1 2 2nd label data XB00 0200 0050 0 3 02 0 0050 0000000000 020 1 00 RB00 0000002 XS I 0001 0000C2011 Print result The 1st label data is printed after the 1st transmission and the 2nd label data is pr...

Page 126: ...is necessary to transmit graphic data for the number of bytes that was not transmitted as dummy data turn off and on the power of the printer or reset the printer Command transmission and print results Examples Descriptions are provided without graphic data omitted 1 When transmitting print data for two labels as usual D0821 0458 0801 C SG 0161 0339 0096 0300 2 BM D6 10 00 00 00 1st label data FF ...

Page 127: ...00 2 BM D6 10 00 00 00 1st label data FF FF FF FF FF FF XS I 0001 0000C2001 D0821 0458 0801 C SG 0161 0339 0096 0300 2 BM D6 10 00 2nd label data 2nd transmission 00 00 FF FF FF FF FF FF XS I 0001 0000C2001 Print result The 1st label data is printed after the 1st transmission and the 2nd label data is printed after the 2nd transmission Interrupts communication while the command is running Transmit...

Page 128: ...00 2 BM D6 10 00 00 00 1st label data FF FF FF FF FF FF XS I 0001 0000C2001 D0821 0458 0801 C SG 0161 0339 0096 0300 2 BM D6 10 00 00 00 FF FF FF FF FF FF 2nd label data 2nd transmission XS I 0001 0000C2001 Print result The 1st label data is printed after the 1st transmission and the 2nd label data is printed after the 2nd transmission Interrupts communication with the command separator Transmits ...

Page 129: ...9 0096 0300 2 BM D6 10 00 2nd transmission D0821 0458 0801 C SG 0161 0339 0096 0300 2 BM D6 10 00 00 00 2nd label data FF FF FF FF FF FF XS I 0001 0000C2001 Print result The 1st label data is printed after the 1st transmission and a command error occurs after the 2nd transmission data reception continues until the number of bytes specified by the graphic data in the initial transmission is obtaine...

Page 130: ...1 0339 0096 0300 2 BM D6 10 00 00 00 FF FF FF FF FF FF 2nd transmission D0821 0458 0801 C SG 0161 0339 0096 0300 2 BM D6 10 00 00 00 1st label data FF FF FF FF FF FF XS I 0001 0000C2001 D0821 0458 0801 C SG 0161 0339 0096 0300 2 BM D6 10 00 00 00 2nd label data FF FF FF FF FF FF XS I 0001 0000C2001 Print result The 1st label data is printed after the 1st transmission and the 1st label data and 2nd...

Page 131: ...unication is interrupted while PC saved data is stored it is necessary to issue the PC Save Terminate Command turn off and on the power of the printer or reset the printer Command transmission and storage results Examples 1 When transmitting PC saved data as usual XO 25 S0 1 D1430 0480 1400 C LC 0000 0000 0050 0000 0 1 LC 0000 0001 0050 0001 0 1 LC 0000 0002 0050 0002 0 1 LC 0000 0003 0050 0003 0 ...

Page 132: ...O 25 S0 1 D1430 0480 1400 C LC 0000 0000 0050 0000 0 1 LC 0000 0001 0050 0001 0 1 LC 0000 0002 0050 0002 0 1 LC 0000 0003 0050 0003 0 1 LC 0000 000 1st label data 2nd transmission 4 0050 0004 0 1 LC 0000 0005 0050 0005 0 1 XS I 0001 0000C1001 XP XQ 25 S0 1 L Storage result Data is properly stored Interrupts communication while the command is running Transmits subsequent data ...

Page 133: ...XO 25 S0 1 D1430 0480 1400 C LC 0000 0000 0050 0000 0 1 LC 0000 0001 0050 0001 0 1 LC 0000 0002 0050 0002 0 1 LC 0000 0003 0050 0003 0 1 LC 0000 0004 0050 0004 0 1 1st label data 2nd transmission LC 0000 0005 0050 0005 0 1 XS I 0001 0000C1001 XP XQ 25 S0 1 L Storage result Data is properly stored Interrupts communication with the command separator Transmits subsequent data ...

Page 134: ...050 0002 0 1 LC 0000 0003 0050 0003 0 1 LC 0000 000 2nd transmission XO 25 S0 1 D1430 0480 1400 C LC 0000 0000 0050 0000 0 1 LC 0000 0001 0050 0001 0 1 LC 0000 0002 0050 0002 0 1 LC 0000 0003 0050 0003 0 1 1st label data retransmission LC 0000 0004 0050 0004 0 1 LC 0000 0005 0050 0005 0 1 XS I 0001 0000C1001 XP XQ 25 S0 1 L Storage result Data is properly stored however when it is read a command e...

Page 135: ...a LC 0000 0002 0050 0002 0 1 LC 0000 0003 0050 0003 0 1 LC 0000 0004 0050 0004 0 1 2nd transmission XO 25 S0 1 D1430 0480 1400 C LC 0000 0000 0050 0000 0 1 LC 0000 0001 0050 0001 0 1 LC 0000 0002 0050 0002 0 1 LC 0000 0003 0050 0003 0 1 1st label data retransmission LC 0000 0004 0050 0004 0 1 LC 0000 0005 0050 0005 0 1 XS I 0001 0000C1001 XP XQ 25 S0 1 L Storage result Data is properly stored Inte...

Page 136: ...clares the start of form storage ESC D Sets the label size ESC AY Adjusts the print density as required ESC AX Adjusts the print position as required ESC PV Sets the outline font format ESC XB Sets the barcode 2 D code format ESC N Sets the graphic field format ESC XD Stores the writable character data ESC SG Stores the graphic data Form Store Start Command Label Size Set Command Print Density Fin...

Page 137: ...S 1 Previously assign the form to be stored to each form No and store it Store writable character data and graphic data as required 2 When a command such as the above is sent be sure to confirm that the process is completed before the next command is sent ...

Page 138: ... operations in the strip issue mode the printer issues only one label in spite of the designation Issue the required number of labels by pressing the FEED switch For the details of the B SP series compatible mode see the Key Operation Specifications Printer Start To the next command OK Strip Data is received Data is checked Batch Strip issue NG Batch Printing Printing The status of issue end is se...

Page 139: ...250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 1 2 0A 00 1st label data 1B LC 0050 0090 0250 0090 1 3 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0120 0250 0120 1 4 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0150 0250 0150 1 5 0A 00 1B XP 0A 00 1B X 01 21 01 00 2nd transmission 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B AY 00 1 0A 00 1B AX 000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 1 2 0A 00 2nd label data 1B LC 0050 009...

Page 140: ... LC 0050 0150 0250 0150 1 5 0A 00 1B XP 0A 00 1B X 01 21 01 00 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B AY 00 1 0A 00 1B AX 000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 2nd label data underway 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 2nd transmission 1 2 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0090 0250 0090 1 3 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0120 0250 0120 1 4 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0150 0250 0150 1 5 0A 00 2nd label data 1B XP 0A 00 1B X 01 21 01 ...

Page 141: ...0250 0060 2nd transmission 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B AY 00 1 0A 00 1B AX 000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1st label data 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 1 2 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0090 0250 0090 1 3 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0120 0250 0120 1 4 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0150 0250 0150 1 5 0A 00 1B XP 0A 00 1B X 01 21 01 00 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B AY 00 1 0A 00 1B AX 000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00...

Page 142: ... 1 0A 00 1B AY 00 1 0A 00 1B AX 000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1st label data 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 1 2 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0090 0250 0090 1 3 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0120 0250 0120 1 4 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0150 0250 0150 1 5 0A 00 1B XP 0A 00 1B X 01 21 01 00 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B AY 00 1 0A 00 1B AX 000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 0...

Page 143: ... is transmitted it is necessary to issue the Form Store Terminate Command turn off and on the power of the printer or reset the printer Command transmission and storage results Examples 1 When transmitting form storage data as usual 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B AY 00 1 0A 00 1B AX 000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 1 2 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0090 0250...

Page 144: ...000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 1 2 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0090 0250 0090 1 3 0A 00 1B LC 0050 1st label data 2nd transmission 0120 1 4 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0150 0250 0150 1 5 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0180 0250 0180 1 6 0A 00 1B XP 0A 00 1B X 01 21 01 00 Storage result Data is properly stored Interrupts communication while the command is running Trans...

Page 145: ...000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 1 2 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0090 0250 0090 1 3 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0120 1 4 0A 00 1st label data 2nd transmission 1B LC 0050 0150 0250 0150 1 5 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0180 0250 0180 1 6 0A 00 1B XP 0A 00 1B X 01 21 01 00 Storage result Data is properly stored Transmits subsequent data Interrupts communication with the...

Page 146: ...90 0250 0090 1 3 0A 00 1B LC 0050 2nd transmission 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B AY 00 1 0A 00 1B AX 000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 1 2 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0090 0250 0090 1 3 0A 00 1st label data retransmission 1B LC 0050 0120 0250 0120 1 4 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0150 0250 0150 1 5 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0180 0250 0180 1 6 0A 00 1B XP 0A 00 1B X 01 21 01 00...

Page 147: ...1 4 0A 00 2nd transmission 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B AY 00 1 0A 00 1B AX 000 0A 00 1B D0450 0480 0420 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0030 0250 0030 1 1 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0060 0250 0060 1 2 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0090 0250 0090 1 3 0A 00 1st label data retransmission 1B LC 0050 0120 0250 0120 1 4 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0150 0250 0150 1 5 0A 00 1B LC 0050 0180 0250 0180 1 6 0A 00 1B XP 0A 00 1B X 01 21 01 00 Storage result Data is ...

Page 148: ...C 30 30 34 30 2C FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF...

Page 149: ...FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 2nd transmission FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 1st label data FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 0A 00 0D 0A 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B D0630 0480 0600 0A 00...

Page 150: ...FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 0A 00 0D 0A 1st label data 2nd transmission 1B XO 01 1 0A 00 1B D0630 0480 0600 0A 00...

Page 151: ... FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF ...

Page 152: ...F FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF...

Page 153: ...pleted before the next command is sent 3 The graphic data store command is registerable even after changing the mode to the RECEIPT mode ESC M Changes the mode to the RECEIPT mode Start End Completion of mode selection ESC M Changes the mode to the LABEL mode Mode Select Command ESC XD Stores the writable character data ESC SG Stores the graphic data Writable Character Data Store Command No Yes Co...

Page 154: ...a is received Data is received A status is sent Data is received Printing No Yes Yes Is the FEED switch pressed 20 mm feed Host Start Status Request Command Normal end No Printing Data is received A status is sent Command Data for a receipt issue Command Data for a receipt issue Status Request Command Yes Normal end No ...

Page 155: ...e FEED switch pressed 20 mm feed Host Start Status Request Command Normal end No Printing Data is received A status is sent Page Mode Switch Command Command Data for a receipt issue Status Request Command Yes Normal end No Data is received Command Data for a receipt issue Page Mode Print Command Standard mode The page mode is started Page Mode Switch Command Page Mode Print Command ...

Page 156: ...or not the sent data is issued normally should be confirmed by sending the Status Request Command When a receipt is not issued due to an error the data should be sent again 2 In the RECEIPT mode when the FEED switch is pressed a 20 mm feed is performed 3 In the RECEIPT mode the issue count cannot be set If the batch strip issue mode is set it does not become effective ...

Page 157: ...e Mode Cancel Command CAN is issued before the transmission is cancelled If communication is interrupted while data is transmitted in page mode it is necessary to issue the Page Mode Terminate Print Command or Page Mode Cancel Command turn off and on the power of the printer or reset the printer However please note that when the Page Mode Terminate Print Command is issued all previous data is eras...

Page 158: ...ing subsequent data 1st transmission GS C DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005 LF 1st label data 2nd transmission DATA006 LF FF Print result Data is properly printed as shown below Interrupts communication while the command is running Transmits subsequent data DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA006 LF ...

Page 159: ...05 LF 2nd transmission GS C DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF 1st label data retransmission DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA006 LF FF Print result Data is printed but the printed output does not look correct as shown below Transmits data from the beginning Interrupts communication while the command is running DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 ...

Page 160: ... DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF 1st label data underway DATA004 LF DATA005 LF 2nd transmission CAN GS C DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF 1st label data retransmission DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA006 LF FF Print result Data is properly printed as shown below Issues the Cancel Command and transmits data from the beginning Interrupts communication while the command is running DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DA...

Page 161: ... label data underway DATA004 LF DATA005 LF 2nd transmission FF GS C DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF 1st label data retransmission DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA006 LF FF Print result Data is properly printed as shown below Interrupts communication while the command is running 1st label DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005 LF 2nd label DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005...

Page 162: ... downloaded character data Downloaded Character Writable Character Data Define Command ESC 2 Defines the writable Chinese character pattern data ESC SG Defines the downloaded bit image data Writable Chinese Character Pattern Data Define Command No Yes Completion of setting No Yes Downloaded Bit Image Data Define Command Completion of setting No Yes ...

Page 163: ...a is received Data is received A status is sent Data is received Printing No Yes Yes Is the FEED switch pressed 20 mm feed Host Start Status Request Command Normal end No Printing Data is received A status is sent Command Data for a receipt issue Command Data for a receipt issue Status Request Command Yes Normal end No ...

Page 164: ...e FEED switch pressed 20 mm feed Host Start Status Request Command Normal end No Printing Data is received A status is sent Page Mode Switch Command Command Data for a receipt issue Status Request Command Yes Normal end No Data is received Command Data for a receipt issue Page Mode Print Command Standard mode The page mode is started Page Mode Switch Command Page Mode Print Command ...

Page 165: ...or not the sent data is issued normally should be confirmed by sending the Status Request Command When a receipt is not issued due to an error the data should be sent again 2 In the ESC POS mode when the FEED switch is pressed a 20 mm feed is performed 3 In the ESC POS mode the issue count cannot be set If the batch strip issue mode is set it does not become effective ...

Page 166: ...e Mode Cancel Command CAN is issued before the transmission is cancelled If communication is interrupted while data is transmitted in page mode it is necessary to issue the Page Mode Terminate Print Command or Page Mode Cancel Command turn off and on the power of the printer or reset the printer However please note that when the Page Mode Terminate Print Command is issued all previous data is eras...

Page 167: ...ing subsequent data 1st transmission ESC L DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005 LF 1st label data 2nd transmission DATA006 LF FF Print result Data is properly printed as shown below Interrupts communication while the command is running Transmits subsequent data DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA006 LF ...

Page 168: ...TA005 LF 2nd transmission ESC L DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF 1st label data DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA006 LF FF Print result Data is printed but the printed output does not look correct as shown below Transmits data from the beginning Interrupts communication while the command is running DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005 ...

Page 169: ... DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF 1st label data underway DATA004 LF DATA005 LF 2nd transmission CAN ESC L DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF 1st label data retransmission DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA006 LF FF Print result Data is properly printed as shown below Issues the Cancel Command and transmits data from the beginning Interrupts communication while the command is running DATA001 LF DATA002 LF D...

Page 170: ... label data underway DATA004 LF DATA005 LF 2nd transmission FF ESC L DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF 1st label data retransmission DATA004 LF DATA005 LF DATA006 LF FF Print result Data is properly printed as shown below Interrupts communication while the command is running 1st label DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA005 LF 2nd label DATA001 LF DATA002 LF DATA003 LF DATA004 LF DATA00...

Page 171: ...an 20 0mm OFF Performs a back feed Present Cut Head Yes Cut None Cut Head No Cut ON Performs no back feed Present None Cut No Cut Head No Head Label pitch 20 0mm or above but less than 24 0mm and Effective print length Less than 15 0mm OFF Performs a back feed Present Cut Head Yes Cut None Cut Head No Cut ON Performs no back feed Present None Cut No Cut Head No Head Label pitch 20 0mm or above but...

Page 172: ...FF Performed Performed ON Not performed Performed 24 0mm or above OFF Performed Performed ON Not performed Performed Label pitch set for FEED key and Feed command 11 5mm or less OFF Performed Performed ON Not performed Performed Label pitch set for FEED key and Feed command Over 11 5mm OFF Performed Not performed ON Not performed Not performed Condition 3 Back feed None Present Back feed Yes Stop ...

Page 173: ...print start position However for labels whose label to label gap is 5 mm or more no back feed is performed because adjustment of the print start position is not required Common in all versions When printing is performed under the following conditions the print position is misaligned In batch issues use and issue labels shorter than 11 5 mm between the head and sensor without setting or by omitting...

Page 174: ...ed Term Explains the term s used in the format 0 to 999 described in the entry range indicates that up to 3 digit variable length entry is allowed Entry of 001 or 009 is also possible 000 to 999 indicates that the entry must be fixed at 3 digits I F Indicates the interface that the command functions All interfaces are available when not described Explanation Explains the command in detail Note Sup...

Page 175: ...mm dddd Reserved area Omissible Fixed at 4 digits 0300 to 1120 The size varies according to the type of thermal head B EP2DL GHxx B EP4DL GHxx Label pitch tag pitch 10 x 999 9 mm 10 x 999 9 mm Effective print width 48 0 mm 104 0 mm Effective print length 997 0 mm 997 0 mm Explanation 1 When the value exceeds the maximum value it should be changed to the maximum value When the effective print width...

Page 176: ...feed direction Effective print width Label Tag pitch Backing paper Label Origin of coordinates 0 0 0 Y X 2 5 mm 1 0 mm Effective print length Origin of coordinates 0 0 0 Y X Receipt with black marks Origin of coordinates 0 0 Paper feed direction Effective print width 0 X Y 2 5 mm 1 0 mm Effective print length Tag pitch Black mark Printed on the back of receipt Origin of coordinates 0 0 Paper feed ...

Page 177: ...eipt with black marks Origin of coordinates 0 0 Paper feed direction Effective print width 0 X Y 4 5 mm 3 0 mm Effective print length Tag pitch Black mark Printed on the back of receipt Origin of coordinates 0 0 Paper feed direction Effective print width Label 0 X Y 4 5 mm 3 0 mm Effective print length Label pitch Backing paper Label ...

Page 178: ... 997 0 60 0 997 0 60 0 Paper length Backing paper Max 16 0 50 0 Min 58 0 115 0 Tag Max 16 0 50 0 Min 58 0 115 0 Label width Max 13 0 47 0 Min 55 0 112 0 Label to label gap Max 3 0 3 0 Min 7 0 7 0 Black mark length Max 3 0 3 0 Min 7 0 7 0 Effective print width Max 10 0 10 0 Min 48 0 104 0 Effective print length Label Max 7 0 10 0 7 0 10 0 Min 997 0 60 0 997 0 60 0 Tag Max 7 0 7 0 Min 997 0 997 0 Sl...

Page 179: ... parameters should be as shown in the figure and table When any parameter or paper out of the range is specified printing is not properly performed or an error occurs 9 When a gap or a black mark cannot be detected within less than 150 of the label pitch length it is assumed to be a paper jam error 10 Even if a gap or a black mark is detected within less than 90 of the effective print length speci...

Page 180: ...mage Buffer Clear Command ESC C ESC D0518 0760 0468 0820 LF NUL ESC T20C40 LF NUL 51 8 mm 46 8 mm 76 0 mm 82 0 mm Backing paper Label Effective print area ESC D0772 0996 0722 LF NUL ESC T10C40 LF NUL 77 2 mm 72 2 mm 99 6 mm Effective print area Tag Black mark Printed on the back of receipt ...

Page 181: ... 1 The set printer ID is backed up in memory retained even if the Reset Command ESC WR is executed or the power is turned off 2 The last 5 digits of the printer s serial number have been set as the printer ID at the time of shipment from the factory 3 In IrDA TEC Protocol the printer checks the set ID against the ID in the received command packet If they do not match the printer discards the comma...

Page 182: ...d ESC POS 2 Automatic status response in IrDA IrCOMM or USB is the function for the specifications which do not allow the printer to spontaneously send the status through IrDA IrCOMM or USB This function enables the printer to forcefully send the status to the host if the link between the printer and the host is established However if the link between the printer and the host is not established up...

Page 183: ... remains as the same 7 The print position detection feed is performed according to the conditions such as label pitch fine adjustment and sensor selection which were set in the LABEL or TPCL mode before the printer is operated in the RECEIPT RECEIPT1 or ESC POS mode If no sensor is selected the print position detection feed will not be performed 8 After performing a print position detection feed t...

Page 184: ... 1 mm units c Indicates the direction of the strip position forward or backward in which a fine adjustment is to be made Backward Forward ddd Fine adjustment value for strip position 000 to 030 in 0 1 mm units In Forward a fine adjustment is to be made between 000 and 020 e Reserved area Fixed at ff Reserved area Fixed at 00 g Reserved area Omissible hhh Reserved area Omissible Compatible mode for...

Page 185: ... before printing 4 The reserved area is not checked 5 The fine adjustment value for strip position is valid only when the compatible mode for the B SP series is turned off disabled in the SYSTEM mode When the parameter a is set to any value other than or a command error occurs When the parameter a is set to any value other than or a command error occurs When the compatible mode for the B SP series...

Page 186: ...e the distance between the leading edge of the strip shaft and the trailing edge of the label is 2 35 mm regardless of the label to label gap However only when the fine adjustment value for print position is not selected up to V1 0C When the stop position is not proper it should be adjusted using the strip position fine adjustment function 2 35 mm 3 mm to 7mm 0 0 mm 2 0 mm 3 0 mm Refer to Notes 7 ...

Page 187: ...mm before printing When the sum of the values exceeds 3 0 mm in the positive direction or falls below 2 0 mm in the negative direction the fine adjustment value for strip position should be changed to 3 0 mm or 2 0 mm before printing 5 The fine adjustment for strip position is effective only in strip issues 6 The fine adjustment value for strip position up to V1 0C is valid only when the fine adju...

Page 188: ... COMMANDS B EP Series 5 18 Examples Strip issue ESC AX 010 020 00 LF NUL ESC T20D40 LF NUL 1 0 mm 3 0 mm A B C 1 0 mm Paper feed direction A B C z Fine adjust the strip position by 2 0 mm z Fine adjust the print position by 1 0 mm ...

Page 189: ...ad output division designation Omissible If omitted the backed up setting in memory is used 2 inch head width 0 Auto Divided by 2 or 3 1 Reserved If specified auto Divided by 2 or 3 2 Fixed at Divided by 3 3 Auto1 Not divided Divided by 2 or 3 Print quality oriented 4 Reserved If specified fixed at Divided by 3 5 Auto2 Not divided Divided by 2 or 3 Print speed oriented supported in V1 0E or later ...

Page 190: ...atically selected for every line according to the print ratio The width of half a dot may not be printed on the line when switching among Not divided Divided by 2 and Divided by 3 Therefore do not designate 3 Auto1 or 5 Auto2 when a serial barcode is printed The difference between Auto1 and Auto2 is while Auto1 is print quality oriented Auto2 is print speed oriented Auto2 is designated to increase...

Page 191: ...lso effective in the LABEL RECEIPT or ESC POS mode 3 When the head output division designation is omitted the backed up value in memory is used 4 When print density fine adjustment is selected in the SYSTEM mode through key operations on the printer the fine adjustment value is a sum of the value in the fine adjustment command and the system mode fine adjustment value Note that the maximum fine ad...

Page 192: ...e 4 Reserved Notes 1 The set parameter is backed up and kept until a parameter is set using this command When the power is turned on the backed up value is retrieved and set 2 0 Operation in conformance with the strip sensor has been set as the default at the time of shipment from the factory 3 When either 2 Fixed at the batch mode or 3 Fixed at the strip mode for parameter a is selected the print...

Page 193: ...his command is transmitted the data drawn before changing the label size remains in the image buffer 2 The increment decrement designation is effective until the Image Buffer Clear Command is transmitted 3 The link field designation is effective until the Image Buffer Clear Command is transmitted Examples ESC D0508 0760 0468 LF NUL ESC T20C41 LF NUL ESC C LF NUL ESC PC000 0080 0065 1 1 A 00 00 B J...

Page 194: ...s bbbb Y coordinate of the designated area start point 4 or 5 digits in 0 1 mm units cccc X coordinate of the designated area end point Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units dddd Y coordinate of the designated area end point 4 or 5 digits in 0 1 mm units e Type of how to clear A Clears the contents in the designated area to zeros B Reverses the white black dot pattern in the designated area Explanatio...

Page 195: ...ls are available in the coordinate input area 5 When any type other than A and B is selected for how to clear an error occurs 6 If the print ratio of one line the print head width is higher than defined printing may become poor or the printer may reset When Reverses the white black dot pattern in the designated area is selected for how to clear and the black dot pattern is increased be careful abo...

Page 196: ...sed as 1 4 Reserved If specified it is processed as 1 5 Reserved If specified it is processed as 0 6 Reserved If specified it is processed as 1 f No of line width dots 1 to 9 or 01 to 99 in 0 1 mm units ggg Radius of rounded corners of a rectangle Omissible If omitted the chamfering process for rectangle corners is not performed Fixed at 3 digits in 0 1 mm units Reserved in the case of the compati...

Page 197: ...direction Top first Backing paper Label Paper feed direction 0 X Y Backing paper Effective print length Origin of coordinates 0 0 Effective print width Start point End point Paper feed direction Label Origin of coordinates 0 0 Effective print width End point Start point Effective print length X 0 Y ...

Page 198: ... X2 X1 0 3 Slant line A X2 X1 Y2 Y1 4 Slant line B X2 X1 Y2 Y1 Rectangle 1 Radius of rounded corners 000 or parameter is omitted X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Line width X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Line width X1 Y1 X2 Y2 X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Line width Line width X1 Y1 X2 Y2 X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Line width Line width X1 Y1 X2 Y2 X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Line width Line width Line width Line width ...

Page 199: ...CHAPTER 5 TPCL MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 5 29 2 Radius of rounded corners 000 Radius X2 Y2 Line width Line width X1 Y1 ...

Page 200: ... skipped at the leftmost and rightmost areas only which means that the thicker the line width is the thicker the middle area of the line is Rectangle 1 Radius of rounded corners 000 or parameter is omitted Dots are skipped at the top bottom leftmost and rightmost areas only which means that the thicker the line width is the thicker the middle area of the line is Line width 1 dot X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Line w...

Page 201: ...s must be set so that the result of line drawing will be within the effective print area set by the Label Size Set Command ESC D 4 Designation of the radius of the rounded corner is effective only when the type of line is set to 1 rectangle or 3 rectangle with dots skipped When the type of line is set to 0 or 2 designation of the radius is ignored 5 When the type of line is set to 1 or 3 and the r...

Page 202: ... COMMANDS B EP Series 5 32 Example ESC C LF NUL ESC LC 0200 0050 0305 0050 0 4 LF NUL ESC LC 0200 0050 0200 0280 0 4 LF NUL ESC XS I 0001 0002C4000 LF NUL 5 0 mm 28 0 mm 20 0 mm 30 5 mm 0 4 mm 0 4 mm Origin 0 0 Effective print area ...

Page 203: ...magnifications The magnification can be designated in 0 1 units between 0 5 to 1 06 0 9 0 6 to 0 9 magnifications d d Designation in 0 5 magnifications 0 or 5 5 to 9 up to 1 magnification Designation in magnifications 0 to 9 e Character vertical magnification 1 to 9 in magnifications Two digit designation enables the magnifications in 0 5 units 05 95 0 5 to 9 5 magnifications The magnification can...

Page 204: ...eserved o Gothic725 Black 6 points p Reserved q Gothic725 Black 6 points r Chinese 24 24 dots Writable character 42 s Korean 24 24 dots Writable character 42 t Reserved u Reserved v Reserved w Kanji Ming type 32 32 dots Writable character 43 01 a Writable character 1 1 1 dot to 720 720 dots Ú 40 a Writable character 40 1 1 dot to 720 720 dots 51 a 2 byte code set writable character 1 1 dot to 720 ...

Page 205: ...ox in the horizontal direction bb No of dots from the character string to the box in the vertical direction aa 01 to 99 in units of dots bb 01 to 99 in units of dots Reserved in the case of the compatible mode for the B SP series If specified it is processed as B C aa Strike through character aa No of dots from the character string to the end of a strike through in the horizontal direction aa 01 t...

Page 206: ... Zpp Zero suppress Omissible If omitted zero suppression is not performed pp No of digits after zero suppression 00 to 20 Reserved in the case of the compatible mode for the B SP series Pq Alignment Omissible If omitted the alignment is set to the left q Designates the character position 1 Left 2 Center 3 Right 4aaaa Justification aaaa Character string in the X direction 0050 to 1040 in 0 1 mm uni...

Page 207: ...haracter drawing result will be within the effective print area set by the Label Size Set Command ESC D 3 Horizontal magnification and vertical magnification Vertical magnification Vertical magnification Horizontal magnification Horizontal magnification Label Paper feed direction 0 X Y Paper feed direction 0 X Y Backing paper Effective print length Effective print width Effective print width Origi...

Page 208: ...portional spacing Horizontal magnification Point of origin Point of origin of next char Relationship between drawing coordinates and magnification 4 Type of font A Times Roman B Times Roman C Times Roman D Times Roman E Times Roman F Times Roman G Helvetica H Helvetica I Helvetica J Helvetica K Helvetica L Helvetica M Presentation N Letter Gothic O Prestige Elite P Prestige Elite Q Courier R Couri...

Page 209: ...t of character to character space If no character to character space is specified or the number of space dots between characters is 0 drawing will take place according to the horizontal spacing proportional spacing determined for each character If character to character space is specified drawing will take place according to the value obtained by adding the character spacing proportional spacing t...

Page 210: ...CHAPTER 5 TPCL LE MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 5 40 6 Rotational angles of a character and character string Origin 0 00 90 11 180 22 270 33 Sample ...

Page 211: ...n the data includes any data other than CODE39 drawing is not performed either When DBP Modulus 10 is selected the check digit of a data row is calculated and only the check digit is drawn When the data includes any data other than numerals drawing is not performed When the font type is U V r s or w the check digit cannot be designated Even if it is designated it is ignored DBP Modulus 10 is Modul...

Page 212: ...merals are selected and calculated for incrementing decrementing and then are returned to the previous position to draw the data Example of increment decrement calculation Initial value 00000 A0A0A 7A8 9 A2A0A INC DEC 1 1 3 3 1st label 00000 A0A0A 7A8 9 A2A0A 2nd label 00001 A0A1A 7A9 2 A1A7A 3rd label 00002 A0A2A 7A9 5 A1A4A 4th label 00003 A0A3A 7A9 8 A1A1A 5th label 00004 A0A4A 8A0 1 A0A8A 11 Z...

Page 213: ... character space is set to 0 the field is not drawn When Rotational angles of a character and character string is set to 01 12 23 or 30 the designation of center right justification and automatic line feed is ignored 13 Data string to be printed Drawing data can be programmed by designating the number of digits after the symbol Up to 255 digits of characters can be printed However when the font ty...

Page 214: ...continuous labels Format Command ESC PC01 01 LF NUL Link field No 1 is designated ESC PC02 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC03 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB01 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No 3 and No 4 are designated ESC PC04 02 LF NUL Link field No 2 is designated ESC PC05 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC06 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB02 0...

Page 215: ...d barcode increment decrement fields exceeds 32 drawing will take place without incrementing decrementing any excessive field The field to be incremented or decremented is incremented or decremented until the Image Buffer Clear Command ESC C is transmitted Example 1 Format Command Incrementing character string No 001 1 2 Format Command No incrementing character string No 002 3 Format Command Incre...

Page 216: ... alternately After the Issue Command is sent the fields with the same character string number are automatically cleared until the Clear Command is sent 5 The link field designation is cleared by omitting the link field designation using the same character string No and reformatting data The link field designation can be also cleared by the Image Buffer Clear Command 6 A print data string and link ...

Page 217: ...0 0200 0300 1 1 A 00 B ABCD LF NUL ESC PC001 0200 0125 1 1 C 00 B LF NUL ESC PC002 0650 0550 2 2 G 33 B 0000000001 LF NUL ESC RC001 Sample LF NUL ESC RC002 001 LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 12 5 mm S a m p l e 55 0 mm 20 0 mm 65 0 mm Effective print area Origin 0 0 1 A B C D 30 0 mm ...

Page 218: ...SC PC001 0200 0300 1 1 C 00 B 01 02 LF NUL ESC PV01 0650 0550 0200 0150 B 33 B 02 LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0550 3 1 03 03 08 08 03 0 0150 01 02 LF NUL ESC RC S LF 001 LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 30 0 mm 55 0 mm 20 0 mm 65 0 mm Effective print area Origin 0 0 2 S 0 0 1 ...

Page 219: ...ANDS B EP Series 5 49 ESC C LF NUL ESC PC000 0200 0125 1 1 W 00 B LF NUL ESC PC001 0200 0300 1 1 W 01 B LF NUL ESC RC000 AB LF NUL ESC RC001 AB LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 12 5 mm 30 0 mm 20 0 mm Effective print area Origin 0 0 3 ...

Page 220: ...r 5 digits in 0 1 mm units dddd Width of the character 0020 to 0850 in 0 1 mm units eeee Height of the character 0020 to 0850 in 0 1 mm units f Type of font A TEC FONT1 Helvetica bold B TEC FONT1 Helvetica bold proportional E Print front 1 F Price font 2 G Price font 3 K Reserved C D H I J Reserved If specified it is processed as B ghhh Fine adjustment of character to character space Omissible If ...

Page 221: ...he end of a strike through in the horizontal direction aa 01 to 99 in units of dots Reserved in the case of the compatible mode for the B SP series If specified it is processed as B Parenthesized descriptions are omissible If omitted it is character size the character width or height whichever is greater 8 dots Mk Type of the check digit to be attached Omissible If omitted no check digit is drawn ...

Page 222: ...the B SP series If specified it is processed as 1 Ipp Italic Omissible If omitted the italic is not applied Only TEC FONT1 is supported pp Angle of the italic 00 to 45 in units of degrees Qoooo Character string width Omissible If omitted it is 0000 0000 to 1600 in 0 1 mm units Rpp No of character string digits Omissible If omitted it is 00 00 to 99 qqq qqq Data string to be printed Omissible Max 2...

Page 223: ...t the character drawing result will be within the effective print area set by the Label Size Set Command ESC D 3 Character width and character height Char width Char height Char width Char height Standard size 256 256 dots Char width Char height Label Paper feed direction 0 X Y Paper feed direction 0 X Y Backing paper Origin of coordinates 0 0 Effective print length Effective print width Effective...

Page 224: ...CHAPTER 5 TPCL LE MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 5 54 4 Type of font A TEC FONT1 Helvetica bold B TEC FONT1 Helvetica bold proportional E Price Font 1 POP Font F Price Font 2 POP Font ...

Page 225: ...ng to the horizontal spacing proportional spacing determined for each character If character to character space is specified drawing will take place according to the value obtained by adding the character spacing proportional spacing to the specified value When justify is selected for the alignment the character to character space setting is invalid The horizontal spacing proportional spacing is i...

Page 226: ...f Modulus 10 when the data includes any data other than numerals drawing is not performed In case of Modulus 43 when the data includes any data other than CODE39 drawing is not performed either When DBP Modulus 10 is selected the check digit of a data row is calculated and only the check digit is drawn When the data includes any data other than numerals drawing is not performed DBP Modulus 10 is M...

Page 227: ...e 00000 A0A0A 7A8 9 A2A0A INC DEC 1 1 3 3 1st label 00000 A0A0A 7A8 9 A2A0A 2nd label 00001 A0A1A 7A9 2 A1A7A 3rd label 00002 A0A2A 7A9 5 A1A4A 4th label 00003 A0A3A 7A9 8 A1A1A 5th label 00004 A0A4A 8A0 1 A0A8A 10 Zero suppression No of digits after zero suppression 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 Data 0000 0000 0000 0A12 0123 0123 0123 Print 0000 0 00 A12 123 0123 0123 Zero s in a data row is replaced with a spac...

Page 228: ...t When the character string width and number of character string digits are specified the character width will be automatically changed when printed If the following conditions are satisfied however these parameter settings become ineffective and the characters are printed in normal size Conditions of ineffectiveness 1 These parameters are omitted 2 The character string width is set to 0 3 No of p...

Page 229: ... Specified character string digits 5 Print image when the parameter setting is omitted A Specified character string width 1 field width 200 dots 155 dots 45 dots B A Data length 45 dots 4 11 dots One character width 1 character width B 35 dots 11 dots 46 dots Print image when the parameter setting is specified When the number of print data is 5 digits or more the condition of ineffectiveness 3 is ...

Page 230: ...h 105 dots 4 26 dots rounded down One character width 1 character width B 35 dots 26 dots 61 dots The minimum corrected space between characters is 99 dots The calculated one character width is doubled when doubled or more from the original one character width Print image when the parameter setting is specified When the number of print data is 8 digits or more the condition of ineffectiveness 3 is...

Page 231: ...4 dots rounded up One character width 1 character width B 50 dots 24 dots 26 dots Print image when the parameter setting is specified When the number of print data is 6 digits or more the condition of ineffectiveness 3 is satisfied In this case the characters are printed in normal width 1 field width 215 dots A A B C D Specified character string width 120 dots One character width 50 dots Space bet...

Page 232: ... dots rounded up One character width 1 character width B 50 dots 17 dots 33 dots Print image when the parameter setting is specified When the number of print data is 5 digits or more the condition of ineffectiveness 3 is satisfied In this case the characters are printed in normal width 1 field width 185 dots A A B C D Specified character string width 120 dots One character width 50 dots Space betw...

Page 233: ...d to draw an image Up to 20 fields can be linked If the link field exceeds 20 fields an error occurs The following shows an example of linked fields on the two continuous labels Format Command ESC PV01 01 LF NUL Link field No 1 is designated ESC PV02 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PV03 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB01 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No 3 and No 4 are designat...

Page 234: ...d barcode increment decrement fields exceeds 32 drawing will take place without incrementing decrementing any excessive field The field to be incremented or decremented is incremented or decremented until the Image Buffer Clear Command ESC C is transmitted Examples 1 Format Command Incrementing character string No 01 1 2 Format Command No incrementing character string No 02 3 Format Command Increm...

Page 235: ...cleared until the Clear Command is sent 6 When characters overlap due to the character to character space fine adjustment the outline font is not painted properly Program the fine adjustment value so that characters will not overlap Also when drawings such as lines or characters are positioned over the outline font area the outline font is not painted properly For font types A B and K the fine adj...

Page 236: ...300 0080 0080 B 00 B ABCD LF NUL ESC PV01 0200 0125 0100 0100 B 00 B LF NUL ESC PV02 0650 0550 0200 0150 B 33 B 0000000001 LF NUL ESC RV01 Sample LF NUL ESC RV02 001 LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL Origin 0 0 12 5 mm S a m p l e 55 0 mm 20 0 mm 65 0 mm Effective print area 1 A B C D 30 0 mm ...

Page 237: ...200 0300 1 1 C 00 B 01 02 LF NUL ESC PV01 0650 0550 0200 0150 B 33 B 02 LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0550 3 1 03 03 08 08 03 0 0150 01 02 LF NUL ESC RV S LF 001 LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 2 30 0 mm 55 0 mm 20 0 mm 65 0 mm Effective print area Origin 0 0 S 0 0 1 Paper feed direction ...

Page 238: ...inate of the print origin of barcode Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units cccc Y coordinate of the print origin of barcode 4 or 5 digits in 0 1 mm units d Type of barcode Compatible mode for the B SP series OFF Compatible mode for the B SP series ON 0 JAN8 EAN8 5 JAN13 EAN13 6 UPC E 7 EAN 13 2digits 8 EAN 13 5digits 9 CODE128 with auto code selection A CODE128 without auto code selection C CODE93 G U...

Page 239: ...d RM4SCC only 3 Check digit auto attachment 1 is effective ff 1 module width 01 to 15 in units of dots k Rotational angle of barcode 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 llll Height of the barcode 0000 to 1000 in 0 1 mm units For the Customer barcode POSTNE and RM4SCC along with KIX CODE the height of the long bar is specified mnnnnnnnnnn Increment and decrement Omissible If omitted increment decrement is not per...

Page 240: ...9 can also be used Up to 20 fields can be designated using commas Omissible parameters such as Increment decrement Selection of print or non print of numerals under bars and No of digits after zero suppression cannot be set when the Customer barcode POSTNET RM4SCC or KIX CODE is selected WPC is the generic name for barcodes of JAN EAN and UPC In the above descriptions Customer barcode includes the...

Page 241: ... area set by the Label Size Set Command ESC D 3 Type of barcode 0 JAN8 EAN8 5 JAN13 EAN13 6 UPC E 7 EAN13 2 digits 8 EAN13 5 digits 9 A CODE128 C CODE93 G UPC E 2 digits Label Paper feed direction 0 X Y Effective print length Origin of coordinates 0 0 Effective print width Printing direction Bottom first Print origin of coordinates Backing paper Backing paper Paper feed direction 0 X Y Label Effec...

Page 242: ...e type of barcode and results in normal a barcode will be drawn If the check digit is not proper the barcode will not be drawn When the check digit is automatically attached each check digit is attached according to the type of barcode when a barcode is drawn If the type of barcode is CODE93 CODE128 with auto code selection or UCC EAN128 or EAN128 the check digit will always be attached regardless...

Page 243: ...ns are listed below In the case of JAN EAN UPC CODE93 CODE128 UCC EAN128 or EAN128 the width of 2 to 6 modules is automatically calculated by designating a 1 module width Example of setting 203 dpi print head 1 dot 1 8 mm Type of barcode 1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 5 modules 6 modules Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space JAN EAN UPC 3 6 9 12 CODE93 2 4 6 8 CODE128...

Page 244: ...CHAPTER 5 TPCL LE MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 5 74 6 Rotational angle of barcode 0 90 180 270 7 Barcode height Postal code 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Height Height Height Point of origin ...

Page 245: ...ormed For the data string up to 40 digits including letters numerals and symbols are possible Only the numerals are selected and calculated for incrementing decrementing and then are returned to the previous position to draw the data Example of increment decrement calculation Initial value 00000 A0A0A 7A8 9 A2A0A INC DEC 1 1 3 3 1st label 00000 A0A0A 7A8 9 A2A0A 2nd label 00001 A0A1A 7A9 2 A1A7A 3...

Page 246: ...e parameter for print non print of numerals under bars The numerals under bars to be printed vary according to the type of barcode The font of numerals under bars is OCR B These numerals are enlarged or reduced only horizontally according to the width of the barcode When they are drawn vertically no enlargement or reduction is applied Drawing positions of numerals under bars c JAN and EAN Example ...

Page 247: ...CHAPTER 5 TPCL LE MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 5 77 d UPC Example UPC A 2 digits Example UPC E e Barcodes other than JAN EAN and UPC Example CODE39 Example UCC EAN128 or EAN128 ...

Page 248: ...Drawing data can be programmed by designating the number of digits after the symbol The maximum number of digits to be printed varies according to the type of barcode For codes refer to the barcode table mentioned later 13 Link field No The link field No can be programmed by designating it after the symbol After the link field No is designated using the Format Command the data strings are linked b...

Page 249: ...TER 5 TPCL LE MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 5 79 Data Command ESC RB A LF B LF ABCD LF 001 LF NUL Link field No 4 Link field No 3 Link field No 2 Link field No 1 A ABCD 001 ABCD001 B ABCD 001 ABCD001 ...

Page 250: ...ent has been designated can be drawn If the total of bit map font outline font and barcode increment decrement fields exceeds 32 drawing will take place without incrementing decrementing any excessive field The field to be incremented or decremented is incremented or decremented until the Image Buffer Clear Command ESC C is transmitted Example 1 Format Command Incrementing barcode No 01 1 2 Format...

Page 251: ...d clear is not performed between the Clear Command ESC C and Issue Command ESC XS the fixed data may be drawn using the same barcode number In this case the Format Command and Data Command should be sent alternately After the Issue Command is sent the fields with the same barcode number are automatically cleared until the Clear Command is sent 6 The link field designation is cleared by omitting th...

Page 252: ... LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0125 9 3 02 0 0150 0000000000 010 0 00 12345 LF NUL ESC XB02 0830 0550 3 1 02 04 07 08 04 3 0150 0000000000 1 00 N LF NUL ESC RB02 ABC LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 12 5 mm 55 0 mm 20 0 mm 83 0 mm Effective print area Origin 0 0 15 0 mm 15 0 mm ...

Page 253: ... 3 CODE39 standard 4 NW7 B CODE39 full ASCII O Industrial 2 of 5 a MATRIX 2 of 5 for NEC e Type of check digit 1 Without attaching check digit 2 Check digit check CODE39 Modulus 43 MSI IBM modulus 10 ITF Modulus 10 Industrial 2 of 5 Modulus check character MATRIX 2 of 5 for NEC Modulus check character 3 Check digit automatic attachment 1 CODE39 Modulus 43 MSI IBM modulus 10 ITF Modulus 10 Industri...

Page 254: ... nnnnnnnnnn Skip value 0000000000 to 9999999999 p Selection of print or non print of numerals under bars Omissible If omitted the numerals under the bars are not printed 0 Non print 1 Print qq No of digits after zero suppression Omissible If omitted zero suppression is not performed 00 to 20 Reserved in the case of the compatible mode for the B SP series r Designates the attachment of start stop c...

Page 255: ...arcode drawing result will be within the effective print area set by the Label Size Set Command ESC D 3 Type of barcode 1 MSI 2 Interleaved 2 of 5 3 CODE39 standard 4 NW7 B CODE39 Full ASCII O Industrial 2 of 5 a Matrix 2 of 5 for NEC Label Paper feed direction 0 X Y Effective print length Origin of coordinates 0 0 Effective print width Print origin of coordinates Backing paper Backing paper Paper...

Page 256: ... Bundespost Postdienst only 5 Bar width space width and character to character space Designate the bar space and character to character space widths according to the type of barcode Note that the designated proper value differs according to the rotational angle of barcode type number of digits print speed paper used etc Examples of such designations are listed below When NW7 is used transmission o...

Page 257: ...rd label 0020 0020 020 0020 001 4th label 0030 0030 030 0030 002 5th label 0040 0040 040 0040 003 Letters and numerals for increment decrement For CODE39 standard CODE39 full ASCII and NW 7 even if a data string other than numerals are included in the data increment decrement is performed However if any code which does not exist in each barcode table is contained in the data increment decrement is...

Page 258: ...r zero suppression 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 Data 0000 0000 0000 0A12 0123 0123 0123 Print 0000 0 00 A12 123 0123 0123 Zero s in a data row is replaced with a space s from the upper digits according to the designated number of digits However if the number of digits after zero suppression is greater than the data row the data row will be drawn without performing zero suppression Where the data row exceeds the ...

Page 259: ...an image Up to 20 fields can be linked The following shows an example of linked fields on the two continuous labels Format Command ESC PC01 01 LF NUL Link field No 1 is designated ESC PC02 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC03 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB01 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No 3 and No 4 are designated ESC PC04 02 LF NUL Link field No 2 is designated ESC PC05 0...

Page 260: ...ent has been designated can be drawn If the total of bit map font outline font and barcode increment decrement fields exceeds 32 drawing will take place without incrementing decrementing any excessive field The field to be incremented or decremented is incremented or decremented until the Image Buffer Clear Command ESC C is transmitted Example 1 Format Command Incrementing barcode No 01 1 2 Format...

Page 261: ...mmand ESC C and Issue Command ESC XS the fixed data may be drawn using the same barcode number In this case the Format Command and Data Command should be sent alternately After the Issue Command is sent the fields with the same barcode number are automatically cleared until the Clear Command is sent 6 The link field designation is cleared by omitting the link field designation using the same barco...

Page 262: ...SC C LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0125 3 1 02 02 06 06 02 0 0150 12345 LF NUL ESC XB02 0830 0550 3 1 02 04 07 08 04 3 0150 0000000000 1 00 N LF NUL ESC RB02 ABC LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 12 5 mm 55 0 mm 20 0 mm 83 0 mm Effective print area Origin 0 0 15 0 mm 15 0 mm ...

Page 263: ...n Type of GS1 Databer 1 GS1 Databar Omni directional 2 GS1 Databar Stacked 3 GS1 Databar Stacked Omni directional 4 GS1 Databar Limited 5 GS1 Databar Expanded 6 GS1 Databar Expanded Stacked ff 1 module width 01 to 15 in units of dots g Rotational angle of barcode 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 hhhh Height of the barcode 0000 to 1000 in 0 1 mm units ijjjjjjjjjj Increment decrement Omissible If omitted increm...

Page 264: ...ormat designated by the barcode is selected 2 Print origin of coordinates Printing direction Bottom first Printing direction Top first The print origin of coordinates must be set so that the barcode drawing result will be within the effective print area set by the Label Size Set Command ESC D Label Paper feed direction 0 X Y Effective print length Origin of coordinates 0 0 Effective print width Pr...

Page 265: ...COMMANDS B EP Series 5 95 3 Type of barcode Detailed version types 1 GS1 Databar Omni directional 2 GS1 Databar Stacked 3 GS1 Databar Stacked Omni directional 4 GS1 Databar Limited 5 GS1 Databar Expanded 6 GS1 Databar Expanded Stacked ...

Page 266: ... value differs according to the rotational angle of barcode type number of digits print speed paper used etc Examples of such designations are listed below The width of 2 to 4 modules is automatically calculated by designating a 1 module width Example of setting 203 dpi print head 1 dot 1 8 mm 1 module 2 module 3 module 4 module Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space 2 4 6 8 3 6 9 12 5 Rotational...

Page 267: ...ed GS1 Databar Expanded GS1 Databar Expanded Stacked When the barcode height is set to 0000 a barcode including guard bars and numerals under bars are not drawn However the barcode printed on the previous label is cleared Height Height The height of the upper barcode and the lower barcode are equal Height Height Height The height of the bottom row is 7 5 of the specified height ...

Page 268: ...lue 00000 A0A0A 7A8 9 A2A0A INC DEC 1 1 3 3 1st label 00000 A0A0A 7A8 9 A2A0A 2nd label 00001 A0A1A 7A9 2 A1A7A 3rd label 00002 A0A2A 7A9 5 A1A4A 4th label 00003 A0A3A 7A9 8 A1A1A 5th label 00004 A0A4A 8A0 1 A0A8A 8 Zero suppression No of digits after zero suppression 0 1 2 2 3 4 5 Data 0000 0000 0000 0A12 0123 0123 0123 Print 0000 0 00 A12 123 0123 0123 Zero s in a data row is replaced with a spa...

Page 269: ...ommand ESC PC01 01 LF NUL Link field No 1 is designated ESC PC02 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC03 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB01 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No 3 and No 4 are designated ESC PC04 02 LF NUL Link field No 2 is designated ESC PC05 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC06 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB02 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No...

Page 270: ...ent has been designated can be drawn If the total of bit map font outline font and barcode increment decrement fields exceeds 32 drawing will take place without incrementing decrementing any excessive field The field to be incremented or decremented is incremented or decremented until the Image Buffer Clear Command ESC C is transmitted Example 1 Format Command Incrementing barcode No 01 1 2 Format...

Page 271: ...mmand ESC C and Issue Command ESC XS the fixed data may be drawn using the same barcode number In this case the Format Command and Data Command should be sent alternately After the Issue Command is sent the fields with the same barcode number are automatically cleared until the Clear Command is sent 6 The link field designation is cleared by omitting the link field designation using the same barco...

Page 272: ...ESC C LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0125 3 1 03 03 08 08 03 0 0150 12345 LF NUL ESC XB02 0830 0550 3 1 02 04 07 08 04 3 0150 0000000000 1 00 N LF NUL ESC RB02 ABC LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 12 5 mm 55 0 mm 20 0 mm 83 0 mm Effective print area Origin 0 0 15 0 mm 15 0 mm ...

Page 273: ... coordinate of the print origin of the two dimensional code 4 or 5 digits in 0 1 mm units d Type of two dimensional code Q Data Matrix ee ECC type 00 ECC000 01 ECC050 04 ECC050 05 ECC050 06 ECC080 07 ECC080 08 ECC080 09 ECC100 10 ECC100 11 ECC140 12 ECC140 13 ECC140 14 ECC140 20 ECC200 ff 1 cell width 00 to 99 in units of dots gg Format ID 01 Format ID 1 02 Format ID 2 03 Format ID 3 04 Format ID ...

Page 274: ...s not made kk Code number 01 to 16 ll No of divided codes 02 to 16 mmm ID number 1 001 to 254 nnn ID number 2 001 to 254 ooo ooo Data string to be printed Omissible Max 2000 digits pp1 pp2 pp3 pp20 Link field No Omissible 01 to 99 1 to 99 can also be used Up to 20 fields can be designated using commas The maximum of 2000 digits of data string to be printed and the maximum of 99 dots of the 1 cell ...

Page 275: ...4 ECC type Data Matrix contains a function to correct a code reading error using an error correction code ECC and restore normal data The ECC should be chosen from several types of ECCs according to usage The general correction ability is as follows However it may vary according to the error conditions ECC type Error Correction Ability Overhead by ECC ECC000 0 ECC050 25 ECC080 33 ECC100 50 ECC140 ...

Page 276: ...de can be printed within the 2 inch head width 6 Format ID Data Matrix can handle all codes including alphanumerics symbols and Kanji Since the data compression rate varies according to the code a code to be used is designated using the format ID Format ID Code Details 1 Numerics 0 to 9 space 2 Letters A to Z space 3 Alphanumerics symbols 0 to 9 A to Z space 4 Alphanumerics 0 to 9 A to Z space 5 A...

Page 277: ... a two dimensional code Data is comprised of more than one two dimensional code When three two dimensional codes are used to comprise data for example identification information of 1 3 2 3 and 3 3 is inserted into each two dimensional code The ID number is assigned to identify the proper combination of two dimensional codes when plural connecting symbols are printed on one label For example when t...

Page 278: ...ommand ESC PC01 01 LF NUL Link field No 1 is designated ESC PC02 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC03 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB01 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No 3 and No 4 are designated ESC PC04 02 LF NUL Link field No 2 is designated ESC PC05 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC06 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB02 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No...

Page 279: ...0 33 22 36 24 15 12 8 5 23 23 115 76 50 78 52 34 65 43 28 47 31 20 17 11 7 25 25 140 93 61 97 65 42 82 54 36 60 40 26 24 16 10 27 27 168 112 73 118 78 51 100 67 44 73 49 32 30 20 13 29 29 197 131 86 140 93 61 120 80 52 88 59 38 38 25 16 31 31 229 153 100 164 109 72 141 94 62 104 69 45 46 30 20 33 33 264 176 115 190 126 83 164 109 72 121 81 53 54 36 24 35 35 300 200 131 217 145 95 188 125 82 140 93...

Page 280: ...32 32 124 91 60 36 36 172 127 84 40 40 228 169 112 44 44 288 214 142 48 48 348 259 172 52 52 408 304 202 64 64 560 418 278 72 72 736 550 366 80 80 912 682 454 88 88 1152 862 574 96 96 1392 1042 694 104 104 1632 1222 814 120 120 2000 1573 1048 132 132 2000 1954 1302 144 144 2000 2000 1556 Rectangular code ECC200 Symbol size Numeric capacity Alphanum capacity 8 bit byte Row Col capacity 8 18 10 6 3 ...

Page 281: ...ield clear is not performed between the Clear Command ESC C and Issue Command ESC XS the fixed data may be drawn using the same two dimensional code number In this case the Format Command and Data Command should be sent alternately After the Issue Command is sent the fields with the same two dimensional code number are automatically cleared until the Clear Command is sent 4 The link field designat...

Page 282: ...les ESC C LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0125 Q 20 05 01 0 LF NUL ESC XB02 0830 0550 Q 08 03 05 3 LF NUL ESC RB01 Toshiba TEC LF NUL ESC RB02 Data Matrix LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL Effective print area 20 0 mm Origin 0 0 12 5 mm 55 0 mm 83 0 mm Paper feed direction ...

Page 283: ...e of the print origin of the two dimensional code 4 or 5 digits in 0 1 mm units d Type of two dimensional code P PDF417 ee Security level 00 Level 0 01 Level 1 02 Level 2 03 Level 3 04 Level 4 05 Level 5 06 Level 6 07 Level 7 08 Level 8 ff 1 module width 01 to 10 in units of dots gg No of columns rows 01 to 30 h Rotational angle of two dimensional code 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 iiii Bar height 0000 to ...

Page 284: ...nsional code P PDF417 4 Security level The PDF417 contains a function to correct a code reading error using an error correcting code word and restore normal data The security level should be designated according to usage Security level Error Correction Ability No of error correction code words Level 0 0 Level 1 2 Level 2 6 Level 3 14 Level 4 30 Level 5 62 Level 6 126 Level 7 254 Level 8 510 Label ...

Page 285: ...f data strings are variable Therefore the form of the symbol can be changed in the proportion of the height and width in accordance with the paper to be used The number of columns the number of data strings is varied between 1 and 30 If the number of columns is set to too small though the data volume is large and the security level is high drawing may not be performed This is because the number of...

Page 286: ...PTER 5 TPCL LE MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 5 116 7 Rotational angle of two dimensional code 0 90 180 270 8 Height of two dimensional code 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Height Height Point of origin ...

Page 287: ...Data Command to draw an image Up to 20 fields can be linked The following shows an example of linked fields on the two continuous labels Format Command ESC PC01 01 LF NUL Link field No 1 is designated ESC PC02 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC03 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB01 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No 3 and No 4 are designated ESC PC04 02 LF NUL Link field No 2 is ...

Page 288: ...ield clear is not performed between the Clear Command ESC C and Issue Command ESC XS the fixed data may be drawn using the same two dimensional code number In this case the Format Command and Data Command should be sent alternately After the Issue Command is sent the fields with the same two dimensional code number are automatically cleared until the Clear Command is sent 4 The link field designat...

Page 289: ...5 119 Examples ESC C LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0125 P 04 02 03 0 0010 LF NUL ESC XB02 0830 0550 Q 08 03 05 3 LF NUL ESC RB01 PDF417 LF NUL ESC RB02 Data Matrix LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL Effective print area 20 0 mm Origin 0 0 12 5 mm 55 0 mm 83 0 mm ...

Page 290: ...o 10 in units of dots gg No of columns rows 00 to 38 h Rotational angle of two dimensional code 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 iiii Bar height 0000 to 0100 in 0 1 mm units jjj jjj Data string to be printed Omissible Max 366 digits The maximum of 366 digits of data string to be printed are acceptable The maximum number of digits of the data string to be printed differs depending on the numbers of columns the...

Page 291: ...within the effective print area set by the Label Size Set Command ESC D 3 Type of two dimensional code X MicroPDF417 4 Security level The MicroPDF417 contains a function to correct a code reading error using an error correcting code word and restore normal data The printer automatically sets the security level Label Paper feed direction 0 X Y Effective print length Origin of coordinates 0 0 Effect...

Page 292: ...F417 not only the number of columns data strings but also the number of rows data lines can be designated When these are to be designated see the table Note that the max number of digits for the set parameter gg varies according to the character type If data over the max number of digits for the set parameter gg is set the two dimensional code is not printed The number of columns data strings is v...

Page 293: ... 9 Data string to be printed Drawing data can be programmed by designating the number of digits after the symbol The maximum number of digits to be printed is 366 However the number of digits of data should be limited so the two dimensional code can be printed within the 2 inch head width 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Height Height Point of origin ...

Page 294: ...ommand ESC PC01 01 LF NUL Link field No 1 is designated ESC PC02 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC03 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB01 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No 3 and No 4 are designated ESC PC04 02 LF NUL Link field No 2 is designated ESC PC05 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC06 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB02 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No...

Page 295: ...52 14 2 17 27 46 67 15 20 33 56 82 16 23 38 64 93 17 26 43 72 105 18 6 6 10 14 19 8 10 18 26 20 10 15 26 38 21 12 20 34 49 22 3 15 27 46 67 23 20 39 66 96 24 26 54 90 132 25 32 68 114 167 26 38 82 138 202 27 44 97 162 237 28 4 8 14 20 29 6 13 22 32 30 8 20 34 49 31 10 27 46 67 32 12 34 58 85 33 4 15 45 76 111 34 20 63 106 155 35 26 85 142 208 36 32 106 178 261 37 38 128 214 313 38 44 150 250 366 f...

Page 296: ...ield clear is not performed between the Clear Command ESC C and Issue Command ESC XS the fixed data may be drawn using the same two dimensional code number In this case the Format Command and Data Command should be sent alternately After the Issue Command is sent the fields with the same two dimensional code number are automatically cleared until the Clear Command is sent 4 The link field designat...

Page 297: ...s ESC C LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0125 X 00 02 00 0 0010 LF NUL ESC XB02 0830 0550 Q 08 03 05 3 LF NUL ESC RB01 MicroPDF417 LF NUL ESC RB02 Data Matrix LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL Effective print area 5 0 mm Origin 0 0 12 5 mm 55 0 mm 30 0 mm Paper feed direction ...

Page 298: ...esignation of error correction level L High density level M Standard level Q Reliability level H High reliability level ff 1 cell width 00 to 52 in units of dots g Selection of mode M Manual mode A Automatic mode h Rotational angle of two dimensional code 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 Mi Selection of model Omissible If omitted Model 1 is automatically selected i 1 Model 1 2 Model 2 Kj Mask number Omissible...

Page 299: ...digits of the data string to be printed differs depending on the error correction level and the contents of data However note the following limits The maximum of 2000 digit data string to be printed are acceptable However it cannot actually be printed since it cannot be contained within the head width If the print ratio of one line the print head width is high printing may become poor or the print...

Page 300: ...he QR code contains functions to detect and correct an error If one of the data characters is damaged the information can be restored when this code is read There are 4 levels that can be designated The level should be specified according to usage The general correction ability is as follows Level Error correction ability Overhead by correcting an error High density level Low 7 Standard level 15 R...

Page 301: ...ances the function of position correction and can contain a large amount of data 9 Mask number It is preferable that the black and white modules are arranged in well balanced manner so that a QR code is read for sure The mask number prevents the bit pattern 1011101 which is characteristically seen in the position detecting pattern from appearing in the symbol as much as possible The mask number is...

Page 302: ...amples are shown below 0123456789 is divided into 0123 4567 and 89 Code No 1 No of divided codes 3 Parity data 85 Data 0123 Code No 2 No of divided codes 3 Parity data 85 Data 4567 Code No 3 No of divided codes 3 Parity data 85 Data 89 The parity data is the XORed value for 0123456789 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 93 FA 96 7B 85 11 Data string to be printed Drawing data can be programmed by design...

Page 303: ...ommand ESC PC01 01 LF NUL Link field No 1 is designated ESC PC02 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC03 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB01 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No 3 and No 4 are designated ESC PC04 02 LF NUL Link field No 2 is designated ESC PC05 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC06 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB02 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No...

Page 304: ...ield clear is not performed between the Clear Command ESC C and Issue Command ESC XS the fixed data may be drawn using the same two dimensional code number In this case the Format Command and Data Command should be sent alternately After the Issue Command is sent the fields with the same two dimensional code number are automatically cleared until the Clear Command is sent 4 The link field designat...

Page 305: ...amples ESC C LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0125 T M 02 A 0 LF NUL ESC XB02 0830 0550 Q 08 03 05 3 LF NUL ESC RB01 QR Code LF NUL ESC RB02 Data Matrix LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL Paper feed direction Effective print area 20 0 mm Origin 0 0 12 5 mm 55 0 mm 83 0 mm ...

Page 306: ...specification is set to TYPE1 Compatible with the current version in the SYSTEM mode Omitted Mode 2 0 Mode 2 1 Mode 4 2 Mode 2 3 Mode 3 4 Mode 4 5 Mode 2 6 Mode 6 7 Mode 2 8 Mode 2 9 Mode 2 When the MaxiCode specification is set to TYPE2 Special specification in the SYSTEM mode Omitted Mode 2 or Mode 3 0 Mode 2 or Mode 3 1 Mode 4 2 Mode 2 3 Mode 3 4 Mode 4 5 Mode 2 or Mode 3 6 Mode 6 7 Mode 2 or M...

Page 307: ...tached h 0 No attachment of Zipper block and Contrast block 1 Attachment of Zipper block and Contrast block 2 Attachment of Zipper block 3 Attachment of Contrast block mmm mmm Data string to be printed Omissible Max 93 digits nn1 nn2 nn3 nn20 Link field No Omissible 01 to 99 1 to 99 can also be used Up to 20 fields can be designated using commas ...

Page 308: ...e Label Size Set Command ESC D 3 Type of two dimensional code Z MaxiCode 4 Data string to be printed Drawing data can be programmed by designating the number of digits after the symbol The maximum number of digits to be printed is 93 5 Connection setting For MaxiCode data can be divided into several codes The data can be divided into a max of 8 codes Label Paper feed direction 0 X Y Effective prin...

Page 309: ...ommand ESC PC01 01 LF NUL Link field No 1 is designated ESC PC02 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC03 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB01 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No 3 and No 4 are designated ESC PC04 02 LF NUL Link field No 2 is designated ESC PC05 03 LF NUL Link field No 3 is designated ESC PC06 04 LF NUL Link field No 4 is designated ESC XB02 03 04 LF NUL Link fields No...

Page 310: ...ield clear is not performed between the Clear Command ESC C and Issue Command ESC XS the fixed data may be drawn using the same two dimensional code number In this case the Format Command and Data Command should be sent alternately After the Issue Command is sent the fields with the same two dimensional code number are automatically cleared until the Clear Command is sent 4 The link field designat...

Page 311: ...les ESC C LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0125 Z LF NUL ESC XB02 0830 0550 Q 08 03 05 3 LF NUL ESC RB01 123456789123123MaxiCode LF NUL ESC RB02 Data Matrix LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL Effective print area 20 0 mm Origin 0 0 12 5 mm 55 0 mm 83 0 mm Paper feed direction ...

Page 312: ...to 199 Two digits 00 to 99 also acceptable When 000 and 00 are designated at the same time the data designated later is automatically selected bbb bbb Data string to be printed Max 255 characters Max 127 characters when the font type is U V r s w or 51 and max 63 characters when it is r as a 4 byte code Any excess data will be discarded For character codes refer to the character code table mention...

Page 313: ...hen the data string is omitted using the Link Field Data Command the following process is performed c No process will be performed for the field which contains no print data due to the omission d When the field partially loses print data due to the omission the only remaining data will be processed as print data The Link Field Data Command can be used for the bit map font fields outline font field...

Page 314: ...4 Examples ESC C LF NUL ESC PC001 0200 0125 1 1 C 00 B LF NUL ESC PC002 0650 0550 2 2 G 33 B 0000000001 LF NUL ESC RC001 Sample LF NUL ESC RC002 001 LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 55 0 mm 12 5 mm 20 0 mm 65 0 mm Origin 0 0 Effective print area Sample 1 ...

Page 315: ...L ESC PC001 0200 0300 1 1 C 00 B 01 02 LF NUL ESC PV01 0650 0550 0200 0150 B 33 B 02 LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0550 3 1 03 03 08 08 03 0 0150 01 02 LF NUL SSC RC S001 LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL Effective print area 2 30 0 mm 55 0 mm 20 0 mm 65 0 mm Origin 0 0 S 0 0 1 ...

Page 316: ...NDS B EP Series 5 146 ESC C LF NUL ESC PC000 0200 0125 1 1 W 00 B LF NUL ESC PC001 0200 0300 1 1 W 01 B LF NUL ESC RC000 AB LF NUL ESC RC001 AB LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 12 5 mm 30 0 mm 20 0 mm Effective print area Origin 0 0 3 ...

Page 317: ... Command to draw an image Up to 255 characters of data strings can be linked However when the font type is C up to 127 characters can be linked When the number of characters exceeds the maximum number of digits the excess data will be discarded Up to 99 data strings can be linked Up to 2048 bytes can be used as the command length ESC to NUL of the Link Field Data Command When the data string is om...

Page 318: ...amples ESC C LF NUL ESC PV01 0200 0125 0100 0100 B 00 B LF NUL ESC PV02 0650 0550 0200 0150 B 33 B 0000000001 LF NUL ESC RV01 Sample LF NUL ESC RV02 001 LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL 55 0 mm 12 5 mm 20 0 mm 65 0 mm Origin 0 0 Effective print area Sample 1 ...

Page 319: ...L ESC PC001 0200 0300 1 1 C 00 B 01 02 LF NUL ESC PV01 0650 0550 0200 0150 B 33 B 02 LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0550 3 1 02 02 06 06 02 0 0150 01 02 LF NUL SSC RC S001 LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL Effective print area 2 30 0 mm 55 0 mm 20 0 mm 65 0 mm Origin 0 0 S 0 0 1 ...

Page 320: ...e Format c ESC RBaa bbb bbb LF NUL d Link Field Data Command ESC RB ccc ccc LF ddd ddd LF LF xxx xxx LF NUL Term aa Barcode two dimensional code number 00 to 31 bbb bbb Data string to be printed The maximum number of digits varies according to the type of barcode two dimensional code ccc ccc Data string of link field No 1 ddd ddd Data string of link field No 2 Ú xxx xxx Data string of link field N...

Page 321: ...the only remaining data will be processed as print data The Link Field Data Command can be used for the bit map font fields outline font fields and barcode fields The same result is obtained when any of the RC RV or RB command code is designated 2 Data check If the data row contains data which does not meet the type of barcode a barcode will not be drawn If wrong code selection takes place in the ...

Page 322: ... bit byte Row Col capacity capacity capacity capacity capacity 9 9 3 2 1 11 11 12 8 5 1 1 13 13 24 16 10 10 6 4 4 3 2 1 1 15 15 37 25 16 20 13 9 13 9 6 8 5 3 17 17 53 35 23 32 21 14 24 16 10 16 11 7 2 1 1 19 19 72 48 31 46 30 20 36 24 16 25 17 11 6 4 3 21 21 92 61 40 61 41 27 50 33 22 36 24 15 12 8 5 23 23 115 76 50 78 52 34 65 43 28 47 31 20 17 11 7 25 25 140 93 61 97 65 42 82 54 36 60 40 26 24 1...

Page 323: ...32 32 124 91 60 36 36 172 127 84 40 40 228 169 112 44 44 288 214 142 48 48 348 259 172 52 52 408 304 202 64 64 560 418 278 72 72 736 550 366 80 80 912 682 454 88 88 1152 862 574 96 96 1392 1042 694 104 104 1632 1222 814 120 120 2000 1573 1048 132 132 2000 1954 1302 144 144 2000 2000 1556 Rectangular code ECC200 Symbol size Numeric capacity Alphanum capacity 8 bit byte Row Col capacity 8 18 10 6 3 ...

Page 324: ...rection code words below are used When the number of the code words exceeds 928 or when the number of rows exceeds 90 a symbol is not drawn For the MicroPDF417 the numbers of rows and columns can be specified The maximum number of digits varies according to the setting PDF417 Extended Alphanumeric Compaction EXC mode 1850 digits Binary ASCII Plus mode 1108 digits Numeric compaction mode 2000 digit...

Page 325: ...7 04 4 150 250 366 05 11 3 6 8 06 14 7 12 17 07 1 17 10 18 26 08 20 13 22 32 09 24 18 30 44 10 28 22 38 55 11 8 8 14 20 12 11 14 24 35 13 14 21 36 52 14 2 17 27 46 67 15 20 33 56 82 16 23 38 64 93 17 26 43 72 105 18 6 6 10 14 19 8 10 18 26 20 10 15 26 38 21 12 20 34 49 22 3 15 27 46 67 23 20 39 66 96 24 26 54 90 132 25 32 68 114 167 26 38 82 138 202 27 44 97 162 237 28 4 8 14 20 29 6 13 22 32 30 8...

Page 326: ... numeric data continue in CODE A or CODE B a When the numeric data is an even number of digits insert the CODE C character just before the first numeric data b When the numeric data is an odd number of digits insert the CODE C character immediately after the first numeric data f If a control character appears in CODE B a In the subsequent data when a small letter appears before the next control ch...

Page 327: ... In the case of Data Matrix PDF417 and QR code Kanji codes can be printed Shift JIS JIS hexadecimal JIS 8 or the mixture of these codes can be used 9 When manual mode is selected in the Format Command for a QR code c Numeric mode alphanumeric and symbol mode Kanji mode Mode selection Data to be printed d Binary mode Mode selection No of data strings 4 digits Data to be printed e Mixed mode Data co...

Page 328: ...H 3EH 5EH US 1FH _ 3EH 5FH d How to transmit the special codes 3EH 0 3EH 30H 11 Transfer code for QR code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 NUL DLE SP 0 P p 1 SOH DC1 1 A Q a q 2 STX DC2 2 B R b r 3 ETX DC3 3 C S c s 4 EOT DC4 4 D T d t 5 ENQ NAK 5 E U e u 6 ACK SYN 6 F V f v 7 BEL ETB 7 G W g w 8 BS CAN 8 H X h x 9 HT EM 9 I Y i y A LF SUB J Z j z B VT ESC K k C FF FS L l D CR GS M m E SO RS N n ...

Page 329: ...o of data strings Designation of mode e Mixed mode Numeric mode 123456 Kanji mode Kanji data Binary mode a i u e o Alphanumeric mode ABC N 1 2 3 4 5 6 K Kanji data B 0 0 1 0 a i u e o A A B C Designation of mode f Automatic mode When the data above e is designated in automatic mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 Kanji data a i u e o A B C Data to be printed Data to be printed Data to be printed No of data strings Da...

Page 330: ...5 160 Examples ESC C LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0125 P 04 02 03 0 0010 LF NUL ESC XB02 0830 0550 Q 08 03 05 3 LF NUL ESC RB01 PDF417 LF NUL ESC RB02 Data Matrix LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0002C4000 LF NUL Effective print area 20 0 mm Origin 0 0 12 5 mm 55 0 mm 83 0 mm ...

Page 331: ...number Modes 2 and 3 bbbbbbbbb Postal code Fixed at 9 digits Mode 2 b1b2b3b4b5 Zip code Fixed at 5 digits Numerics b6b7b8b9 Zip code extension Fixed at 4 digits Numerics Mode 3 b1b2b3b4b5b6 Zip code Fixed at 6 digits Character A of code set b7b8b9 Vacant Fixed at 3 digits 20H ccc Class of service Fixed at 3 digits Numerics ddd Country code Fixed at 3 digits Numerics eee eee Message data strings 84...

Page 332: ...n 93 digits 9 digits 84 digits when mode 4 or 6 is selected the printer adds one digit of CR 000000 at the end of the data and the remaining digits will be filled with FSs 011100 When message data exceeding 93 digits is received the excess data will be discarded before drawing a MaxiCode 4 Mode 6 should not be used for usual operation since it is used for scanner programming 5 When TYPE2 Special s...

Page 333: ...sive sensor when using manual threshold value 4 Reflective sensor when using manual threshold value In the case of the compatible mode for the B SP series Reserved when 3 is specified If specified it is processed as 2 Reserved when 4 is specified If specified it is processed as 1 d Reserved area C D E e Reserved area 1 to 9 A f Reserved area 0 to 2 g Print orientation and mirror printing 0 Bottom ...

Page 334: ...e Set Command However the black mark provided on the back side of the tag paper is automatically sensed by the reflective sensor and the paper position is finely adjusted for every piece e Transmissive sensor Printing takes place according to the parameter designated by the Label Size Set Command However the label to label gap is automatically sensed by the transmissive sensor and the paper positi...

Page 335: ... of the status response parameter during printing Otherwise the status response may not be returned properly 5 Reserved area Omissible The described values should be designated to d e and f When any value from 0 to 3 is designated to g a command error does not occur However any value other than 1 should not be designated because it is fixed at 1 Black mark Back side of paper Effective print length...

Page 336: ... LF NUL ESC C LF NUL ESC PC001 0150 0410 1 1 A 00 B LF NUL ESC RC001 Sample LF NUL ESC XS I 0004 0011C4101 LF NUL Issue count 4 pieces Paper Tag paper Reflective sensor is used Issue mode Cut issue Print speed 4 sec Status response On S a m p l e 73 2 mm 41 0 mm 76 2 mm 15 0 mm 82 0 mm Paper feed direction ...

Page 337: ... area 0 to 2 Explanation 1 Type of sensor c No sensor Feeding takes place according to the parameter designated by the Label Size Set Command d Reflective sensor Feeding takes place according to the parameter designated by the Label Size Set Command However the black mark provided on the back side of the tag paper is automatically sensed by the reflective sensor and the stop position is finely adj...

Page 338: ... retained even if the power is turned off 3 When status response is returned has been selected using the Issue Command a status response is returned after the end of feed or when an error occurs 4 Refer to ISSUE COMMAND for the operation to stop the label at the home position Examples ESC D0762 0820 0732 LF NUL ESC AX 010 000 10 LF NUL ESC T11C40 LF NUL ESC C LF NUL ESC PC001 0150 0410 1 1 A 00 B ...

Page 339: ...issible If omitted the contents are retained 00 to 03 0 KB to 192 KB in units of 64 KB Explanation 1 The total capacity of the storage area in flash ROM is variable from 1 024 to 3 200 KB Variable with the two byte font installed Kanji 1 344 KB Chinese 1 024 KB Korean 2 112 KB Without the two byte font installed 3 200 KB 2 Allocation priority is assigned as follows c All parameters Writable charac...

Page 340: ...s still remaining area then it is used for the graphic storage area There is no PC save area However the form storage area and the graphic storage area are omitted the current area is retained 4 When 00 0 KB is specified for each of the bit map writable character storage area the BASIC file storage area the form storage area and the graphic storage area the maximum allocable capacity is used for t...

Page 341: ...aining memory capacity is displayed on the LCD 4 When the already stored data PC interface commands writable characters logos is stored again the memory is consumed every time data is stored unless the Flash Memory Format Command ESC J1 is transmitted 5 When a label issue operation is performed after the Flash Memory Format Command is sent the image buffer is automatically cleared 6 When further s...

Page 342: ...he character code range may be divided into two or more As the control information area for the unnecessary codes can be deleted by designating the character code range the capacity of flash memory can be used efficiently 2 The total number of characters for each range must not exceed 0 x 4 000 16 384 characters 3 Up to 2700 ranges can be designated 4 It is not possible to store the character code...

Page 343: ...ERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 5 173 Example Shift JIS 8140H to 83DFH 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 8140 81F0 8240 82F0 8340 83D0 ESC XE 8140 00BD 8240 00B7 8340 00BD LF NUL Character data is present Character data is not present ...

Page 344: ...n the writable character set is 41 to 43 2020H to FFFFH When the writable character set is 51 ccc Left offset 000 to 719 in units of dots ddd Top offset 000 to 719 in units of dots eee Character width 001 to 720 in units of dots fff Character height 001 to 720 in units of dots ggg Character to character spacing proportional spacing 000 to 999 in units of dots h Type of writable character data 0 Ni...

Page 345: ...er an error does not occur instead a blank is printed 2 Character code Up to 224 characters can be stored per character set The maximum number of characters are 40 types 224 characters 8960 characters It varies depending on the writable character size and the number of characters because of the limited memory capacity For character sets from 41 to 43 a character code consisting of 1 byte is stored...

Page 346: ...e data count of writable characters to be stored must be as follows Data count of writable characters to be stored No of char width dots 7 8 No of char height dots 2 The value in the brackets is rounded down to the nearest whole number Hex mode 1 The writable character data to be stored is separated into eight dot units and sent in the following order 1 124 2 The data of writable characters to be ...

Page 347: ...sent in above mentioned order 1 64 Upper digit 3 2 The data of writable characters to be stored is 30H to 3FH 3 The data count of writable characters to be stored should be 64 bytes Hex mode 1 The writable character data to be stored is separated into eight dot units and sent in above mentioned order 1 32 2 The data of writable characters to be stored is 00H to FFH 3 The data count of writable cha...

Page 348: ...nd sent in above mentioned order 1 144 Upper digit 3 2 The data of writable characters to be stored is 30H to 3FH 3 The data count of writable characters to be stored should be 144 bytes Hex mode 1 The writable character data to be stored is separated into eight dot units and sent in above mentioned order 1 72 2 The data of writable characters to be stored is 00H to FFH 3 The data count of writabl...

Page 349: ... four dot units and sent in above mentioned order 1 256 Upper digit 3 2 The data of writable characters to be stored is 30H to 3FH 3 The data count of writable characters to be stored should be 256 bytes Hex mode 1 The writable character data to be stored is separated into eight dot units and sent in above mentioned order 1 128 2 The data of writable characters to be stored is 00H to FFH 3 The dat...

Page 350: ...racter size can be changed by each character thus memory can be saved 5 Proportional spacing and descending characters are possible depending on the parameters of character to character spacing proportional spacing left offset and top offset 6 When top offset is 000 the reference coordinate is positioned at the upper left when drawing because the base line is at the top Coordinate setting is facil...

Page 351: ...001 01 0001 01 0001 01 0001 01 0001 01 0001 01 0003 01 0003801 0007801 800 001 01 001 07 001 001 7 8001 0 0001 0000001 0000001 0000001 000000 0000 0000 0000 LF NUL 30H 0 38H 8 31H 1 39H 9 32H 2 3AH 33H 3 3BH 34H 4 3CH 35H 5 3DH 36H 6 3EH 37H 7 3FH Top offset 22 dots Char height 31 dots Reference point Char width 26 dots Character to character spacing proportional spacing 30 dots Left offset 2 dots...

Page 352: ... BMP file or 6 PCX file is selected this designation is ignored The information of the graphic width is contained in the graphic data dddd No of graphic height dots 4 or 5 digits in units of dots However when the graphic data 2 BMP file or 6 PCX file is selected this designation is ignored The information of the graphic width is contained in the graphic data When 3 TOPIX compression mode is select...

Page 353: ...7 is selected the graphic data is drawn by carrying out Exclusive OR between the graphic data and the data in the image buffer Effective print width Print direction Top first Paper feed direction 0 Y X Print origin of coordinates Origin of coordinates 0 0 Graphic height dots Effective print length Graphic width dots Print direction Bottom first Effective print width Paper feed direction 0 X Y Effe...

Page 354: ...he graphic data count must be as follows Graphic data count No of graphic width dots 7 8 No of graphic height dots 2 The value in the brackets is rounded down to the nearest whole number Hex mode 1 The graphic data is separated into eight dot units and sent in above mentioned order 1 66 2 The graphic data is 00H to FFH 3 The minimum unit in the X direction is 8 dots Dots with no data are transmitt...

Page 355: ...ed out between the current image data and the image data one line previous Only the changed bit is set to ON 1 The alignment of dots is MSB left dots and LSB right dots The graphic width for only the smaller value of either the designated value or the max buffer size 512 KB is drawn The minimum unit of the data drawing is 8 dots 1 byte If the graphic width is set to 3 dots it is reset to 8 dots 1 ...

Page 356: ...thin the effective print area set by the Label Size Set Command ESC D in the same manner as the above 3 Both width and height are 8 dots mm in case of the 203 dpi print head model 4 The actual result of drawing may deviate within 0 5 mm in case of the 203 dpi print head model in the X direction with respect to the designated print origin of the X coordinate To draw the received graphic data at hig...

Page 357: ...3000003800003 00003 000037000033800031 00030 00030 00030600030 00030 00031 00033800 33003 0007 000 000 000 0007 0003 0000 LF NUL ESC XS I 0001 0002C3000 LF NUL 30H 0 38H 8 31H 1 39H 9 32H 2 3AH 33H 3 3BH 34H 4 3CH 35H 5 3DH 36H 6 3EH 37H 7 3FH Origin 0 0 Graphic width 19 dots Graphic height 22 dots 24 0 mm 10 0 mm ...

Page 358: ...0 04 80 80 80 60 02 40 80 80 40 01 80 80 20 20 6th line 7th line 8th line 9th line 80 80 20 80 80 80 20 80 80 80 20 20 80 80 40 01 10th line 11th line 12th line 13th line 80 80 60 02 40 80 80 A0 0F 80 80 80 C0 30 C3 80 80 80 40 14th line 15th line 16th line 17th line 80 80 80 80 80 80 40 10 00 80 80 C0 80 20 80 80 C0 40 C0 LF NUL 18th line 19th line 20th line 21st line 22nd line Origin 0 0 Graphic...

Page 359: ... following will be saved into flash memory without being analyzed Save Start Command ESC XO Save Terminate Command ESC XP Saved Data Read Command ESC XQ Bit Map Writable Character Command ESC XD Reset Command ESC WR Status Request Command ESC WS ESC FM ESC v Flash Memory Format Command ESC J1 Mode Information Acquire Command ESC WX Version Information Acquire Command ESC WV Bluetooth Device Addres...

Page 360: ...ANDS B EP Series 5 190 Examples ESC J1 B LF NUL ESC XO 01 0 LF NUL ESC D0508 0760 0468 LF NUL ESC T20C30 LF NUL ESC C LF NUL ESC PC001 0200 0125 1 1 A 00 B LF NUL ESC PC002 0650 0550 2 2 G 33 B 0000000001 LF NUL ESC XP LF NUL ESC XP LF NUL ...

Page 361: ...mination of saving PC interface commands Format ESC XP LF NUL Note 1 When further storing operation is not continued for about 10 seconds after storing the PC interface commands the printer enters the online mode label issue operation In this case the image buffer is automatically cleared Refer to Save Start Command ESC XO ...

Page 362: ...ing no error 2 If a command error is found in the PC interface command that was read by the Saved Data Read Command or the automatic read at power on time a command error occurs 3 After an error has occurred the power must be turned off When the power is turned on again the setting of the automatic read at power on time changes to No automatic read 4 The printer enters the online mode label issue ...

Page 363: ...han the effective print width 3 When the check result is found to be normal under the condition that the check result status is not returned the next command is processed If the check result is found to be abnormal an error occurs Whether or not the status is returned when an error occurs depends on the Issue Command setting When the check result is found to be normal under condition that the chec...

Page 364: ...ter the Message Display Command Notes 1 The number of characters to be displayed is 16 When the display data is less than 16 characters the blanks are filled with spaces When the display data exceeds 16 characters the excess data will be discarded 2 During a pause state a halt due to an error or a cover open state the Message Display Command is not processed even if it is received In this case the...

Page 365: ...ieces are issued ESC D0762 0820 0732 LF NUL ESC T11C40 LF NUL ESC C LF NUL ESC PC001 0150 0410 1 1 A 00 B LF NUL ESC RC001 Sample LF NUL ESC XS I 0004 0011C4001 LF NUL ESC XJ Please set Tag LF NUL ESC D0600 0500 0570 LF NUL ESC T11C40 LF NUL ESC C LF NUL ESC XB01 0200 0100 3 1 03 03 08 08 03 0 0150 LF NUL ESC RB01 12345 LF NUL ESC XS I 0002 0011C4001 LF NUL S a m p l e 73 2 mm 41 0 mm 76 2 mm 15 0...

Page 366: ...hen the status response is specified the printer returns the status 34H 30H After this status is received the next command may be sent In IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB Bluetooth or Wireless LAN the printer does not return the status 4 When this command is sent through the IrDA interface only this command should be sent After the command is sent the link should be terminated Even if the host does not...

Page 367: ...E MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 5 197 5 14 2 BATCH RESET COMMAND ESC Z0 zero Function Resets the printer Format ESC Z0 LF NUL Explanation 1 This command will not be executed until the printer enters an idle state ...

Page 368: ... status response parameter The status to be transmitted is the current printer status and indicates the latest status only The remaining count indicates the remaining print count of the batch currently being printed only No remaining count of the batch waiting to be printed is transmitted IrDA TEC Protocol STX Printer ID Status Remaining No of labels CRC 02H xxH xxH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH xxH...

Page 369: ...hermal head excessive temperature 19 Ambient temperature error 32 Abnormal battery temperature 33 Battery excessive temperature 36 Low battery 37 Charging error 39 Bluetooth setup error including initialization error 40 Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 41 Normal feed end Response status for automatic status transmission 45 Wait for battery recovery 46 Wait for hea...

Page 370: ...s transmission 41 Normal feed end Response status for automatic status transmission 50 Flash ROM write error 51 Flash ROM erase error 54 Flash ROM storage area full state Notes 1 The status is returned only to the interface which sent this command 2 After the code of the Bit Map Writable Character Command ESC XD or Graphic Command ESC SG is received the Status Request Command is not processed unti...

Page 371: ...e batch currently being printed only No remaining count of the batch waiting to be printed is transmitted 3 Free space of the receive buffer for the interface which sent this command is returned to the host IrDA TEC Protocol Data to be transmitted fixed at 22 bytes STX Printer ID Status Remaining No of labels Length 02H 3xH 3xH 33H 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 32H 32H Receiving buffer space Entire receiving bu...

Page 372: ...cluding initialization error 45 Wait for battery recovery 46 Wait for head temperature reduction 47 Wait for motor temperature reduction 50 Flash ROM write error 51 Flash ROM erase error 54 Flash ROM storage area full state 55 Writable character PC command save mode Remaining No of labels Indicates the remaining number of labels in four bytes 0000 to 9999 Length Indicates the number of bytes of th...

Page 373: ...Command ESC XD or Graphic Command ESC SG is received the Status Request Command is not processed until the printer receives the data specified for the type of data 4 After receiving the Status Request Command there may be a maximum of 20 msec delay until the printer sends a status 5 At least a 20 msec interval must be given between the transmissions of the Status Request Command If the next Status...

Page 374: ...16 bytes CRC CRC T P C L SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 02H 54H 50H 43H 4CH 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H xxH xxH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth Wireless LAN SOH STX Mode information 16 bytes ETX EOT CR LF T P C L SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 01H 02H 54H 50H 43H 4CH 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 03H 04H 0DH 0AH Strip issue mode IrDA TEC Protocol STX Mode information 16 bytes C...

Page 375: ... RS 232C Bluetooth Wireless LAN SOH STX Mode information 16 bytes ETX EOT CR LF T P C L 1 S SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 01H 02H 54H 50H 43H 4CH 31H 28H 53H 29H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 03H 04H 0DH 0AH The above is an example where the message is received in the TPCL and TPCL LE modes as well as when the compatible mode for the B SP series is off In addition the following messages are returned T...

Page 376: ...H 20H 20H 20H 20H xxH xxH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth Wireless LAN SOH STX Mode information 16 bytes ETX EOT CR LF T P C L L E 1 SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 01H 02H 54H 50H 43H 4CH 2DH 4CH 45H 31H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 03H 04H 0DH 0AH The above is an example where the message is received in the TPCL and TPCL LE modes as well as when the compatible mode for the B SP series i...

Page 377: ...to the host is as follows IrDA TEC Protocol 24 byte data in total STX 02H 0 30H 4 34H A 41H P 50H Creation date R 52H 2 32H 0 30H 0 30H 8 38H B 42H 2DH E 45H Model P 50H 2 32H D 44H G 47H V 56H 1 31H Version 2EH 0 30H A 41H CRC xxH CRC xxH Creation date of the program 9 byte data indicated in order of Day Month Year Program version 5 byte data Vx xx Revision Version Model 7 byte ASCII code indicat...

Page 378: ...d is processed in order of receipt This command is not processed until the processing of the commands sent prior to this command is completed Therefore if this command is sent while the printer is in the state other than idle the program version data may not be returned immediately 2 The USB does not return a status Creation date of program 9 bytes of data indicated in order of Day Month Year Prog...

Page 379: ...lows IrDA TEC Protocol STX Printer serial No CRC CRC 02H 32 bytes XXH XXH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN SOH STX Printer serial No ETX EOT CR LF 01H 02H 32 bytes 03H 04H 0DH 0AH When the printer serial No is 2308M000001 32H 33H 30H 38H 4DH 30H 30H 30H 30H 30H 31H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 2 3 0 8 M 0 0 0 0 0 1 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H...

Page 380: ...n frame and sent in packets Information field to be sent when IrDA TEC Protocol is used STX Bluetooth device address CRC 02H 12 bytes xxH xxH Information field to be sent when IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN is used SOH STX Bluetooth device address ETX EOT CR LF 01H 02H 12 bytes 03H 04H 0DH 0AH The printer sends the following information Bluetooth device address 0015b...

Page 381: ...ot possible 1 31H Inquiry is possible only within 60 seconds after a printer power on 2 32H Inquiry is possible at anytime Security setting 1 31H No security 2 32H No security 3 33H Link level security is effective Bluetooth device name CRC 32 bytes xxH xxH Bluetooth device name Fixed at 32 bytes When the Bluetooth device name is TOSHIBATEC BT 54H 4FH 53H 48H 49H 42H 41H 20H 54H 45H 43H 20H 42H 54...

Page 382: ...t to perform a back feed under the following conditions Back feed restriction setting in the SYSTEM mode or in the Setup Command ON OFF Label pitch of less than 20 0 mm Performs no back feed Performs a back feed Label pitch of 20 0 mm or more but less than 24 0 mm and effective print length of less than 15 0 mm Performs no back feed Performs a back feed Label pitch of 20 0 mm or more but less than...

Page 383: ...amount fine adjustment being set for the Position Fine Adjust Command another label tag is issued without setting the back feed amount 2 After labels tags are issued without setting the Back feed amount find adjustment for the Position Fine Adjust Command another label tag is issued with Back feed amount fine adjustment set 3 After issuing labels tags in the TPCL mode the mode is changed to the LA...

Page 384: ...t be transmitted in practice z Other symbols must always be inserted at designated positions before being transmitted Term Explains the term s used in the format 0 to 999 described in the entry range indicates that up to 3 digit variable length entry is allowed Entry of 001 or 009 is also possible 000 to 999 indicates that the entry must be fixed at 3 digits Explanation Explains the command in det...

Page 385: ...digits in 0 1 mm units 0100 10 0 mm to 9999 999 9 mm bbbb Effective print width Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units 0100 10 0 mm to 1057 105 7 mm cccc Effective print length Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units 0070 7 0 mm to 9970 997 0 mm The size depends on the type of the new portable printer B EP2DL GHxx B EP4DL GHxx Label tag pitch 10 999 9 mm 10 999 9 mm Effective print width 48 0 mm 104 0 mm Eff...

Page 386: ... When the gap black mark is 3 mm the print origin of coordinates in the Y direction is at 5 mm from the leading edge of the label Refer to the figure below 4 In the compatible mode for the B SP series the effective print width is fixed at 48 0 mm Notes 1 The label pitch length is backed up in memory retained even if the power is turned off Example ESC D0430 0480 0330 LF NUL 48 0 mm 5 0 mm 2 0 mm 3...

Page 387: ... 997 0 60 0 997 0 60 0 Paper length Backing paper Max 16 0 50 0 Min 58 0 115 0 Tag Max 16 0 50 0 Min 58 0 115 0 Label width Max 13 0 47 0 Min 55 0 112 0 Label to label gap Max 3 0 3 0 Min 7 0 7 0 Black mark length Max 3 0 3 0 Min 7 0 7 0 Effective print width Max 10 0 10 0 Min 48 0 104 0 Effective print length Label Max 7 0 10 0 7 0 10 0 Min 997 0 60 0 997 0 60 0 Tag Max 7 0 7 0 Min 997 0 997 0 Sl...

Page 388: ... 1 The set printer ID is backed up in memory even if the Initialize command ESC WR ESC is executed or the power is turned off 2 The last 5 digits of the printer s serial number have been set as the printer ID at the time of shipment from the factory 3 In IrDA TEC Protocol the printer checks the set ID against the ID in the received command packet If they do not match the printer discards the comma...

Page 389: ...d ESC POS 2 Automatic status response in IrDA IrCOMM or USB is the function for the specifications which do not allow the printer to spontaneously send the status through IrDA IrCOMM or USB This function enables the printer to forcefully send the status to the host if the link between the printer and the host is established However if the link between the printer and the host is not established up...

Page 390: ...ds the status 6 The print mode can be changed by the printer itself However since the setting for the automatic status response in IrDA IrCOMM or USB cannot be changed the setting remains as the same 7 The print position detection feed is performed according to the conditions such as label pitch fine adjustment and sensor selection which were set in the LABEL or TPCL mode before the printer is ope...

Page 391: ...n detection feed parameter is set 0 not performed and if an error occurs while the printer issues in the RECEIPT1 or ESC POS mode the print mode is changed to the LABEL or TPCL mode after the error is cleared The mode select command is executed 12 Although this command is received while the command is being stored in a form the mode is not changed ...

Page 392: ...ible 000 to 030 in 0 1 mm units Fine adjustment in forward direction is made between 000 and 020 eff Reserved area Omissible Omitted or 20 Fixed If omitted print is started at 5 mm from the leading edge of the label If set to 20 print is started at 3 mm from the leading edge of the label In compatible mode for the B SP series a Indicates the direction forward or backward in which a fine adjustment...

Page 393: ...tart position is 5 mm from the leading edge of the label 7 When the compatible mode for the B SP series is off and the reserved area eff is set to 20 printing starts at 3 mm from the leading edge of the label When this parameter is omitted printing starts at 5 mm from the leading edge of the label Note that when the parameter is set to any value other than 20 a command error occurs 8 When the comp...

Page 394: ...ored in a form It is disabled when the command is sent without being stored in a form 6 When print position fine adjustment is selected in the SYSTEM mode through key operations on the printer the fine adjustment value is a sum of the value in the fine adjustment command and the system mode fine adjustment value Note that the maximum fine adjustment value is 50 0 mm 7 The fine adjustment value for...

Page 395: ...2 Not divided Divided by 2 or 3 Print speed oriented supported in V1 0E or later 4 inch print head width 0 Auto Divided by 2 3 or 6 1 Reserved When designated automatic selection of bipartite tripartite 6 partite division is performed 2 Reserved When designated automatic selection of bipartite tripartite 6 partite division is performed 3 Auto1 Not divided Divided by 2 3 or 6 4 Divided by 6 Fixed E...

Page 396: ...ine according to the print ratio The width of half a dot may not be printed on the line when switching among Divided by 2 Divided by 3 and Divided by 6 Therefore do not designate 0 Auto when a serial barcode is printed 9 When 3 Auto1 is designated on the 4 inch print head Not divided Divided by 2 Divided by 3 or Divided by 6 is automatically selected for every line according to the print ratio The...

Page 397: ...t the strip mode 4 Reserved Notes 1 The set parameter is backed up and kept until a new value is set using this command When the power is turned on the backed up value is retrieved and set 2 0 Operation in conformance with the strip sensor has been set as the default at the time of shipment from the factory 3 When either 2 Fixed at the batch mode or 3 Fixed at the strip mode for parameter a is sel...

Page 398: ...oordinate Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units cccc End point X coordinate Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units dddd End point Y coordinate Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units e Type of line 0 Line horizontal vertical 1 Rectangle f No of line width dots 1 to 9 in 0 1 mm units Explanation 1 The relation between the coordinates of the start and end points and the width of the line is as follows c Horizontal...

Page 399: ...is selected for the line type 3 If the print ratio of one line the print head width is higher than defined printing may become poor or the printer may be reset When a horizontal line is to be drawn note the print ratio 4 When the coordinates which make data over the head width is specified printing is not guaranteed X1 Y1 X2 Y2 X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Line width Line width Line width Line width ...

Page 400: ...al magnification 1 0 5 magnification 5 2 5 magnification 2 1 magnification 6 3 magnification 3 1 5 magnification 7 3 5 magnification 4 2 magnification 8 4 magnification e Character vertical magnification 1 0 5 magnification 5 2 5 magnification 2 1 magnification 6 3 magnification 3 1 5 magnification 7 3 5 magnification 4 2 magnification 8 4 magnification f Type of font A Standard 12 24 dots B Bold ...

Page 401: ... Fixed value Black character ii Data length 00 to 99 NOTE When 00 is designated the length is equivalent to the data sent by the Data Print Command JIS 8 code Data which is separated by LF Packed BCD code Data which is delimited by F j Data code 1 JIS 8 code Fixed at 1 when the type of font is C Q or R 2 Packed BCD code only for IrDA TEC Protocol k Fixed data No 0 Fixed value Pl Print position Omi...

Page 402: ...must not be used in one form for the bit map font character string field the outline font character string field and the barcode two dimensional code field 2 Print origin of coordinates 3 Horizontal magnification and vertical magnification NOTE When a large character or many characters is are printed the print density may become lower When the print ratio per line is high the print density may bec...

Page 403: ...ed below Standard character Bold character Price font 1 Horizontal mag 1 Price font 1 Horizontal mag 2 Horizontal mag 2 24 dots 24 dots 24 dots 24 dots 12 dots 12 dots 12 dots 40 dots 16 dots 16 dots 16 dots 16 dots 40 dots 32 dots 32 dots 32 dots 96 dots 48 dots 48 dots 48 dots 48 dots 48 dots ...

Page 404: ... is counted as one digit Packed BCD The length before packed Data code Data Data to be sent Data length JIS 8 1 2 3 4 5 31H 32H 33H 34H 35H 5 Packed BCD 1 2 3 4 5 12H 34H 50H 5 When the same data is sent the data length to be set is the same value in both data codes JIS 8 and Packed BCD 7 Print position Left Default Center Right Origin Origin Origin 270 Origin 0 90 180 Sample ...

Page 405: ...F NUL ESC PC00 0030 0120 4 4 A 00 B 00 1 0 P0 LF NUL ESC XP LF NUL Data Print Command not for IrDA TEC Protocol ESC X 01H 01H 01H SAMPLE LF Sample Origin of coordinates 0 0 3 mm 12 mm Effective print width Effective print length Bit map font character string No 00 Standard character 2 2 Backing paper Label ...

Page 406: ...ee Character height 0020 to 0300 in units of 0 1 mm f Type of font A TEC Font 1 Helvetica Bold B TEC Font 1 Helvetica Bold Proportional F Price Font 2 K Reserved C D E Reserved If specified it is processed as B ghh Character to character space width Omissible If omitted the character to character space width depends on the designated font g hh 00 to 99 dot ii Rotational angles of a character and c...

Page 407: ...missible If omitted the print position is left aligned P0 Left P1 Center P2 Right Qoooo Character string width Omissible If omitted the width is set to 0000 0000 to 1600 in units of 0 1mm Rpp No of character string digits Omissible If omitted the number of digits is 00 00 to 99 ...

Page 408: ...m 00 in ascending order The same No must not be used in one form for the bit map font character string field the outline font character string field and the barcode two dimensional code field 2 Print origin of coordinates 3 Character width and character height NOTE When a large character or many characters is are printed the print density may become lower When the print ratio per line is high the ...

Page 409: ...of character string digits are specified the character width will be automatically changed when printed If the following conditions are satisfied however these parameter settings become ineffective and the characters are printed in normal size Conditions of ineffectiveness 1 These parameters are omitted 2 The character string width is set to 0 3 No of print data No of specified character string di...

Page 410: ...Specified character string digits 5 Print image when the parameter setting is omitted A Specified character string width 1 field width 200 dots 155 dots 45 dots B A Data length 45 dots 4 11 dots One character width 1 character width B 35 dots 11 dots 46 dots Print image when the parameter setting is specified When the number of print data is 5 digits or more the condition of ineffectiveness 3 is s...

Page 411: ...pace between characters x Data length 1 200 dots 95 dots 105 dots B A Data length 105 dots 4 26 dots rounded down One character width 1 character width B 35 dots 26 dots 61 dots Print image when the parameter setting is specified When the number of print data is 8 digits or more the condition of ineffectiveness 3 is satisfied In this case the characters are printed in normal width 1 field width 12...

Page 412: ... dots rounded up One character width 1 character width B 50 dots 24 dots 26 dots Print image when the parameter setting is specified When the number of print data is 6 digits or more the condition of ineffectiveness 3 is satisfied In this case the characters are printed in normal width 1 field width 215 dots A A B C D One character width 26 dots Specified character string width 120 dots A B C D Sp...

Page 413: ...re the condition of ineffectiveness 3 is satisfied In this case the characters are printed in normal width Example ESC XO 01 1 LF NUL ESC D0430 0480 0400 LF NUL ESC PV00 0030 0120 0050 0050 A 00 B 00 1 0 P0 LF NUL ESC XP LF NUL Data print command not for IrDA TEC Protocol ESC X 01H 01H 01H SAMPLE LF Sample Origin of coordinates 0 0 3 mm 12 mm Effective print width Effective print length Outline fo...

Page 414: ...080 0100 F 08 03 B 00 1 0 P2 Q0300 R07 LF NUL ESC PV02 0165 0000 0030 0060 F 02 B 00 1 0 LF NUL ESC XB03 0270 0290 5 3 02 2 0100 000 0 00 1 0 LF NUL ESC XB04 0270 0170 5 3 02 2 0100 000 0 00 1 0 LF NUL ESC XP LF NUL Issue command not for IrDA TEC Protocol i ESC X 05H 01H 01H 12 00 LF 12 00 LF 214901881186 LF 291890001200 LF ii ESC X 05H 01H 01H 80 LF 80 LF 214901881186 LF 291890001200 LF ...

Page 415: ... 0 1 mm units cccc Print origin of Y coordinate of barcode Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units d Type of barcode 1 MSI 2 Interleaved 2 of 5 ITF 3 CODE39 Standard 4 NW7 e Type of check digit 1 Fixed value Without attaching check digit ff Narrow bar width 02 to 03 2 to 3 dots gg Narrow space width 02 to 03 2 to 3 dots hh Wide bar width 05 to 09 5 to 9 dots ii Wide space width 05 to 09 5 to 9 dots jj C...

Page 416: ... codes 00 to 32 NOTE When 00 is designated the length is equivalent to the data sent by the Data Print Command JIS8 code Data which is delimited by LF Packed BCD code Data which is delimited by F o Data code 1 JIS8 code 2 Packed BCD code only for IrDA TEC Protocol p Fixed data No 0 Fixed value ...

Page 417: ... coordinate of barcode Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units d Type of barcode 0 JAN 8EAN8 5 JAN13 EAN13 e Type of check digit 3 Fixed value Check digit auto attachment ff 1 module width 02 to 03 in units of dots g Rotational angle of barcode 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 hhhh Height of barcode 0001 to 0350 in 0 1 mm units iii Length of guard bar 000 to 050 in 0 1 mm units j Selection to print numerals under b...

Page 418: ...e of barcode Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units d Type of barcode N EAN128 n UCC EAN128 e Type of check digit 3 Fixed value Check digit auto attachment ff 1 module width 02 to 03 in units of dots g Rotational angle of barcode 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 hhhh Height of barcode 0001 to 0350 in 0 1 mm units iii Length of guard bar 000 Fixed value j Selection to print numerals under bars 0 Non print 1 Print k...

Page 419: ...xed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units d Type of barcode 9 CODE128 e Type of check digit 3 Fixed value Check digit auto attachment ff 1 module width 02 to 03 in units of dots g Rotational angle of barcode 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 hhhh Height of barcode 0001 to 0350 in 0 1 mm units iii Length of guard bar 000 Fixed value j Selection to print numerals under bars 0 Non print 1 Print kkk Data length 00 to 100 Bo...

Page 420: ... data 971501830632131150005001 1 Check digit of Modulus 10 is not attached by the printer Therefore the check digit should be calculated in advance then be sent as data No of labels to be issued 3 Transmissive sensor designated No status response made Form No 1 Packet length 10H 16 bytes Printer ID 0123H 1 How to calculate the Modulus 10 check digit When barcode data is 971501830632131150005001 9 ...

Page 421: ...igin of Y coordinate of barcode Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units d Type of barcode R Customer barcode Postal code for Japan S Highest priority customer barcode Postal code for Japan e Type of check digit 3 Fixed value Check digit auto attachment ff 1 module width 01 to 15 in units of dots g Rotational angle of barcode 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 hhhh Height of long bars 0001 to 0350 in 0 1 mm units iii ...

Page 422: ...bit map font field the outline font field and the two dimensional code field bbbb Print origin of X coordinate of two dimensional code Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units cccc Print origin of Y coordinate of two dimensional code Fixed at 4 digits in 0 1 mm units d Type of two dimensional code P PDF417 ee Security level 00 Level 0 01 Level 1 02 Level 2 03 Level 3 04 Level 4 05 Level 5 06 Level 6 07 L...

Page 423: ...quivalent to the data sent by the Data Print Command JIS8 code Data which is delimited by LF Data having a max of 2000 digits is acceptable 3 In IrDA TEC Protocol when the data length value is set to 250 or more it can be sent by using the multiple packet format for the Data Print Command in several packets k Data code 1 Fixed value JIS8 code l Fixed data No 0 Fixed value ...

Page 424: ... length is 250 bytes or more the data is sent by using the command packet in the RECEIPT mode Example STX 01H 23H deH Y 80H X 01H 00H 03H ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 No of labels to be issued 3 Transmissive sensor designated No status response made Form No 1 Flag Middle block Mode Fixed at Y Indicates the RECEIPT mode Packet length deH 222 bytes Printer ID 0123H ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ...

Page 425: ...igits in units of 0 1 mm d Type of two dimensional code T QR code e Designation of error correction level L High density level M Standard level Q Reliability level H High reliability level ff 1 cell width 01 to 09 in units of dots g Selection of mode M Manual mode A Automatic mode h Rotational angle of two dimensional code 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 Mi Selection of model Omissible If this parameter is o...

Page 426: ...ata length 00 to 99 NOTES 1 A two digit value 00 to 99 is also available 2 When 00 is designated the length is equivalent to the data sent by the Data Print Command It corresponds for up to 2000 digits o Data code 1 Fixed value JIS8 code p Data code 0 Fixed value ...

Page 427: ...form for the bit map font field the outline font field and the two dimensional code field bbbb Print origin of X coordinate of the two dimensional code Fixed at 4 digits in units of 0 1 mm cccc Print origin of Y coordinate of the two dimensional code Fixed at 4 digits in units of 0 1 mm d Type of two dimensional code Q Data Matrix ee ECC type 00 ECC000 05 ECC050 08 ECC080 10 ECC100 14 ECC140 20 EC...

Page 428: ... except for the above values is designated for Nos of cells in the X and Y directions the number of cells is automatically set Jkkllmmmnnn Connection setting Omissible No connection if this parameter is omitted kk Code number 01 to 16 ll No of divided codes 01 to 16 mmm ID number 001 to 254 nnn ID number 2 001 to 254 NOTE It is effective only when ECC200 is selected ooo Data length 000 to 100 NOTE...

Page 429: ...its of 0 1 mm cccc Print origin of Y coordinate of the two dimensional code Fixed at 4 digits in units of 0 1 mm d Type of two dimensional code X MicroPDF417 ee Security level 00 Fixed value ff 1 module width 01 to 09 in units of dots gg No of columns rows 01 to 38 h Rotational angle of two dimensional code 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 iiii Bar height 0001 to 0100 in units of 0 1 mm jjj Data length 000 to...

Page 430: ...dimensional code Fixed at 4 digits in units of 0 1 mm d Type of two dimensional code Z Maxicode e Mode selection 2 Mode 2 3 Mode 3 4 Mode 4 6 Mode 6 Jffgg Connection setting Omissible If omitted no connection is made ff Code number 01 to 08 gg No of divided codes 01 to 08 Zh Attachment of Zipper block and Contrast block Omissible If omitted the Zipper block and Contrast block are not attached h 0 ...

Page 431: ...re the Nos of the bit map font character string the outline font character string and the barcode two dimensional code should be consecutive starting from 00 in ascending order The same No must not be used in one form for the bit map font character string field the outline font character string field and the barcode two dimensional code field 2 Print origin of coordinates 3 Type of check digit The...

Page 432: ...bars Standard fonts are used 7 Since the start stop codes are not automatically attached when using NW7 they should be included in the data to be sent as required Although no start stop codes are attached to data a barcode is drawn When using CODE39 the first and last characters of the data are checked Unless the characters are not is automatically attached When the host sends data while attaching...

Page 433: ...lected to perform the operation When automatic mode is selected FFH cannot be used However this data can be used in manual mode f Selection of model Model 1 Original specification Model 2 Extended specification which enhances the function of position correction and can contain a large amount of data g Mask number To be sure the QR code is read it is preferable that white and black modules are arra...

Page 434: ...567 Code No 3 No of divided codes 3 Parity data 84 Data 89 The parity data is the XORed value for 0123456789 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 93 FA 96 7B 85 Note When the QR code is printed note the setting for the coordinates positions If the specified coordinates are close to the maximum effective print length the QR code may not be included within the maximum effective print length depending on th...

Page 435: ... 7 254 Level 8 510 11 No of columns strings The number of lines is variable in the PDF417 The line length No of data strings is also variable Therefore a symbol can be created in a form that can be easily printed by changing the proportion of the height and width The number of columns data strings is variable between 1 and 30 If a small value for the number of columns is set when the data is large...

Page 436: ... designation and ACK IrDA TEC Protocol status transmission IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth to notify the issue end 00H Transmissive sensor No ACK status transmission 01H Transmissive sensor ACK status transmission 10H Reflective sensor No ACK status transmission 11H Reflective sensor ACK status transmission 20H No sensor designation No ACK status transmission 21H No sensor designatio...

Page 437: ... in the form is anything other than 00 a delimiter such as LF or F should not be attached since the length of the data is linked 4 If the length of the data corresponding to one field including a delimiter is an odd number of digits when the packed BCD code is used the last 4 bits of the final data in the field should be 0 5 When there is data which does not match the type of barcode two dimension...

Page 438: ... end 05H Cover open error 06H Broken thermal head dots error 07H Thermal head excessive temperature 08H Flash ROM write error 09H Flash ROM erase error 0AH Low battery Print failure 0BH Operating 0DH Normal end Label end 0EH Flash ROM storage area full state 0FH Wait for strip 10H Normal issue end 14H Pause state 19H Ambient temperature error 32H Abnormal battey temperature 33H Battery excessive t...

Page 439: ...ll state 10H Normal issue end 37H Charging error 38H Bluetooth setting successfully completed 39H Bluetooth setup error including initialization error Battery status The battery charge status is indicated in 5 levels B EP2DL 01H 7 2 V or less Print failure 02H 7 3 V to 7 4 V Remaining No of printable labels Approx 1 to 30 03H 7 5 V to 7 7 V Remaining No of printable labels Approx 30 to 150 04H 7 8...

Page 440: ...set to disabled and the form number is selected from 1 to 10 16 When the sensor is specified even if a gap or a black mark is detected within less than 90 of the effective print length specified by the Label Size Set Command it is ignored The definition of packed BCD code Code Character string Barcode Standard Presentation Bold Price Others EAN8 13 ITF EAN128 UCC EAN128 MIS NW7 CODE39 CODE128 0000...

Page 441: ... and Kanji Since data compression rate varies according to codes the code to be used is designated when the mode is selected Mode Code Details N Numerals 0 to 9 A Alphanumerics symbols A to Z 0 to 9 space B Binary 8 bit 00H to FFH K Kanji Shift JIS If mixed mode is selected up to 200 modes can be selected in a QR code z When the automatic mode is selected in the Format Command for a QR code Data t...

Page 442: ...d FFH data cannot be used It is available when the manual mode is selected Examples of data designation for QR code c Alphanumeric mode ABC123 A A B C 1 2 3 Data to be printed Designation of mode d Binary mode 01H 03H 05H B 0 0 0 6 A C E Data to be printed No of data strings Designation of mode e Mixed mode Numeric mode 123456 Kanji mode Kanji data Binary mode a i u e o Alphanumeric mode ABC N 1 2...

Page 443: ...d only the newest data is left Only the form storage area in flash ROM can be forcefully cleared by this command However if this command is sent all data of the stored forms including the newest data is deleted initialized 2 The remaining capacity of flash memory after formatting is displayed on the LCD 3 Whenever already registered data PC saving writable character or logo is registered again mem...

Page 444: ...ssible If omitted the contents are retained 00 to 03 0 KB to 192 KB in units of 64 KB Explanation 1 The total capacity of the storage area in flash ROM is variable from 1 024 to 3 200 KB Variable with the two byte font installed Kanji 1 344 KB Chinese 1 024 KB Korean 2 112 KB Without the two byte font installed 3 200 KB 2 Allocation priority is assigned as follows c All parameters Writable charact...

Page 445: ...ea If there is still remaining area then it is used for the graphic storage area There is no PC save area However the form storage area and the graphic storage area are omitted the current area is retained 4 When 00 0 KB is specified for each of the bit map writable character storage area the BASIC file storage area the form storage area and the graphic storage area the maximum allocable capacity ...

Page 446: ...ent in the above order 1 to 72 2 The writable character data is 00H to FFH 3 The number of dots of a writable character width and a writable character height are fixed at 24 dots Dots with no data are transmitted as data 0 72 byte data should be sent 4 Max 50 types of writable character data can be stored The writable character data is backed up in memory even if the power is turned off 5 Writable...

Page 447: ... 7CH 00H 00H 6EH 00H 00H 67H 00H 00H 63H 80H 00H 61H 80H 00H 61H C0H 00H 60H C0H 00H 61H C0H 00H 61H 80H 00H 63H 80H 00H 67H C0H 00H 66H 00H 0FH 60H 00H 0EH 60H 00H 3FH E0H 00H 7FH FEH 00H FFH E0H 00H FFH C0H 00H FFH C0H 00H EFH 80H 00H 3EH 00H 00H LF NUL 8 dots 8 dots 8 dots Graphic width 24 dots Graphic height 24 dots ...

Page 448: ...ots Max No of width dots B EP2DL GHxx 384 B EP4DL GHxx 832 cccc No of graphic height dots to be stored 0001 to 9999 in units of dots ddd ddd Graphic data Explanation 1 00H 2 60H 3 00H 4 00H 5 70H 6 00H 67 EFH 68 80H 69 00H 70 3EH 71 00H 72 00H 1 The graphic data should be separated into units of 8 dots and sent in the above order 1 to 72 2 The graphic data is 00H to FFH 3 The minimum unit of a gra...

Page 449: ...t dots The value in the brackets is rounded down to the nearest whole number Example ESC SG 1 0019 0024 00H 60H 00H 00H 70H 00H 00H 78H 00H 00H 7CH 00H 00H 6EH 00H 00H 67H 00H 00H 63H 80H 00H 61H 80H 00H 61H C0H 00H 60H C0H 00H 61H C0H 00H 61H 80H 00H 63H 80H 00H 67H C0H 00H 66H 00H 0FH 60H 00H 0EH 60H 00H 3FH E0H 00H 7FH FEH 00H FFH E0H 00H FFH C0H 00H FFH C0H 00H EFH 80H 00H 3EH 00H 00H LF NUL G...

Page 450: ...its Explanation 1 If the Graphic Field Command is stored in a form like the Bit Map Font Field Command the Outline Font Field Command or the Barcode Two dimensional Code Format Command the graphic data is automatically drawn when the stored form is invoked by the Data Print Command 2 When no graphic data has been stored the printer does not print any graphics even if a graphic data number is speci...

Page 451: ...C D Print Density Fine Adjust Command ESC AY Position Fine Adjust Command ESC AX Bit Map Font Field Command ESC PC Outline Font Field Command ESC PV Barcode Two dimensional Code Format Command ESC XB Graphic Field Command ESC N Line Format Command ESC LC 5 If the Form Store Start Command is not sent the Label Size Set Command ESC D the Bit Map Font Field Command ESC PC the Outline Font Field Comma...

Page 452: ... STORE TERMINATE COMMAND ESC XP Function Declares the termination of form storage Format ESC XP LF NUL Note 1 If the Form Store Start Command ESC XO is not previously received when this command is received this command is ignored Refer to Form Store Start Command ESC XO ...

Page 453: ... data received after the Message Display Command Notes 1 The number of characters to be displayed is 16 When the display data is less than 16 characters the blanks are filled with spaces When the display data exceeds 16 characters the excess data will be discarded 2 During a pause state a halt due to an error or a head open state the Message Display Command is not processed even if it is received ...

Page 454: ...d In RS 232C when the status response is specified the printer returns the status 10H After this status is received the next command may be sent In IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB Bluetooth or Wireless LAN the printer does not return the status 4 To use IrDA interface for sending this command to the printer only this command should be sent After the command is sent the link should be terminated Even i...

Page 455: ... MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 6 74 6 12 2 BATCH RESET COMMAND ESC Z0 ZERO Function Resets the printer Format ESC Z0 LF NUL Explanation 1 This command will not be executed until the printer enters an idle state ...

Page 456: ...order from High to Low Printer status Printer status is indicated in 1 byte data 00H Normal status Idling 01H Cover open state 02H Command syntax error including Ir packet error 03H Paper jam 04H Label end 05H Cover open error 06H Broken thermal head dots error 07H Thermal head excessive temperature 08H Flash ROM write error 09H Flash ROM erase error 0AH Low battery Print failure 0BH Operating 0DH...

Page 457: ...ter PC command save mode wait for battery recovery and wait for print head motor temperature reduction 0DH Normal end Label end See NOTE 0EH Flash ROM storage area full state 10H Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 37H Charging error 39H Bluetooth setup error including initialization error NOTE This is a state when the printer runs out of labels after the effective p...

Page 458: ... 14 7 V to 15 2 V Remaining No of printable labels Approx 30 to 150 04H 15 3 V to 15 9 V Remaining No of printable labels Approx 150 to 300 05H 16 0 V to 16 8 V Remaining No of printable labels Approx 300 min The remaining number of printable labels may vary according to the contents to be printed and the ambient environment CRC 2 byte hex data in order from Low to High ...

Page 459: ... batch currently being printed only No remaining count of the batch waiting to be printed is transmitted 3 Free space of the receive buffer for the interface which sent this command is returned to the host IrDA TEC Protocol Data to be transmitted fixed at22 bytes STX Printer ID Status Remaining No of labels Length 02H 3xH 3xH 33H 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 32H 32H Receiving buffer space Entire receiving buff...

Page 460: ...ncluding initialization error 45 Wait for battery recovery 46 Wait for print head temperature reduction 47 Wait for motor temperature reduction 50 Flash ROM write error 51 Flash ROM erase error 54 Flash ROM storage area full state 55 Writable character PC command save mode Remaining No of labels Indicates the remaining number of labels in four bytes 0000 to 9999 Length Indicates the number of byte...

Page 461: ...ommand ESC XD or Graphic Command ESC SG is received the Status Request Command is not processed until the printer receives the data specified for the type of data 4 After receiving the Status Request Command there may be a maximum of 20 msec delay until the printer sends a status 5 At least a 20 msec interval must be given between the transmissions of the Status Request Command If the next Status ...

Page 462: ...bytes CRC CRC L A B E L SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 02H 4CH 41H 42H 45H 4CH 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H xxH xxH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth Wireless LAN STX Mode information 16 bytes L A B E L SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 02H 4CH 41H 42H 45H 4CH 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H Strip issue mode IrDA TEC Protocol STX Mode information 16 bytes CR...

Page 463: ...LABEL RECEIPT mode RECEIPT RECEIPT1 mode RECEIPT1 ESC POS mode ESC POS Online reset menu USER SYSTEM SYSTEM mode for users PAUSE POWER keys USER SYSTEM SYSTEM mode for administrators FEED POWER keys When the password setting is on and before it is entered USER SYSTEM When the password setting is on and after it is entered SYSTEM When the password setting is off SYSTEM TPCL strip issue mode TPCL S ...

Page 464: ...4CH 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H The above shows examples where the message is received in LABEL mode when the compatible mode for the B SP series is off In addition the following messages are returned TPCL mode TPCL LE TPCL1 mode TPCL LE1 LABEL mode LABEL RECEIPT mode RECEIPT RECEIPT1 mode RECEIPT1 ESC POS mode ESC POS Online reset menu USER SYSTEM SYSTEM mode for users PAUSE POWER...

Page 465: ...returned to the host is as follows IrDA TEC Protocol STX 02H 0 30H 4 34H A 41H P 50H Creation date R 52H 2 32H 0 30H 0 30H 8 38H B 42H 2DH E 45H Model P 50H 2 32H D 44H G 47H V 56H 1 31H Version 2EH 0 30H A 41H CRC xxH CRC xxH Creation date of the program 9 byte data indicated in order of Day Month Year Program version 5 byte data Vx xx Revision Version Model 7 byte ASCII code indicating the model...

Page 466: ...E 45H Model P 50H 2 32H D 44H G 47H V 56H 1 31H Version 2EH 0 30H A 41H ETX 03H EOT 04H CR 0DH LF 0AH Notes 1 No statuses are returned when using USB Example ESC WV LF NUL Creation date of program 9 bytes of data indicated in order of Day Month Year Program version 5 bytes of data Vx xx Revision Version Model 7 byte ASCII code indicating the model B EP2DG 2 inch 203 dpi model B EP4DG 4 inch 203 dp...

Page 467: ...he host is as follows IrDA TEC Protocol STX Printer serial No CRC CRC 02H 32 bytes XXH XXH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN SOH Printer serial No 02H 32 bytes When the printer serial No is 2308M000001 32H 33H 30H 38H 4DH 30H 30H 30H 30H 30H 31H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 2 3 0 8 M 0 0 0 0 0 1 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H The remaining bytes ...

Page 468: ... information frame and sent Information field to be sent when IrDA TEC Protocol is used STX Bluetooth device address or Wireless LAN MAC address CRC 02H 12 bytes xxH xxH Information field to be sent when IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX RS 232C USB Bluetooth Wireless LAN is used STX Bluetooth device address or Wireless LAN MAC address 02H 12 bytes The printer sends the following information Bluetooth devic...

Page 469: ...uiry is not possible 1 31H Inquiry is possible only within 60 seconds after a printer power on 2 32H Inquiry is possible at anytime Security setting 1 31H No security 2 32H No security 3 33H Link level security is effective Bluetooth device name CRC 32 bytes xxH xxH Bluetooth device name Fixed at 32 bytes When the Bluetooth device name is TOSHIBA TEC BT 54H 4FH 53H 48H 49H 42H 41H 20H 54H 45H 43H ...

Page 470: ... This printer has 2 modes standard mode and page mode In standard mode the printer performs a print job or feeds paper every time the line feed command LF is received In page mode however all received line feed commands LF are just expanded in the print area on the memory and the printer does not operate Once the Page Mode Print Command FF is executed the printer prints all data expanded in the pr...

Page 471: ...Shows the format of the command The format designation method should conform to the following rules n indicates a parameter item Brackets and parentheses are used only in coding and must not be transmitted in practice Other symbols must always be inserted at the designated positions before being transmitted Term Explains the term s used in the format Initial value Indicates the initial value of th...

Page 472: ...nd commands which have been received and enters a wait state for a command Therefore if an error occurs the print data or a command should be sent again after clearing the error RECEIPT1 mode After the label end error or the cover open error is cleared the printer automatically continues printing the data which has been received before the error occurred 6 Status response In the RECEIPT mode the p...

Page 473: ... changed 1 When the mode change from RECEIPT RECEIPT1 or ESC POS to LABEL TPCL or TPCL1 is requested a print position detection feed is performed after the mode is changed Explanation 1 There are 4 types of the print mode LABEL RECEIPT TPCL and ESC POS 2 Automatic status response in IrDA IrCOMM or USB is the function for the specifications which do not allow the printer to spontaneously send the s...

Page 474: ...cover is closed when the print position detection feed after the cover is closed is enabled with key operations or using the set command ESC ZM03 5 When the mode change is finished the printer sends the normal end status or an ACK to the host However when the mode is changed to the TPCL mode the printer does not send the status In IrDA IrCOMM or USB only when bit 7 of the print mode designation is...

Page 475: ...or is cleared and then the print mode will be changed to the LABEL or TPCL mode and a print position detection feed is performed When the print position detection feed setting is omitted the mode is not changed to LABEL or TPCL the mode select command is discarded 12 When the LABEL or TPCL mode is selected in the mode select command and the print position detection feed parameter is set 0 not perf...

Page 476: ...f the Initialize command ESC WR ESC is executed or the power is turned off 2 The last 5 digits of the printer s serial number have been set as the printer ID at the time of shipment from the factory 3 In IrDA TEC Protocol the printer checks the set ID against the ID in the received command packet If they do not match the printer discards the command packet However when the ID in the command packet...

Page 477: ...r on the next line or the height of the barcode plus 6 dots a line feed with the specified length is performed 3 When the specified length of the line feed is smaller than the character on the next line or the height of the barcode plus 6 dots the specified length of the line feed is ignored and a line feed with the height of the character or the barcode to be printed is performed Refer to Print L...

Page 478: ...value other than the above a command error occurs 2 This command is effective for all lines which are printed after the command is received 3 For CODE128 EAN128 and UCC EAN128 the print position should be aligned on the left Alignment Left Initial value Paper feed direction Effective print width Width of head ABC DEF 4 9 4 0 0 4 5 8 ABC LF DEF LF GS k04940045 NUL LF ESC a2 ABC LF Width of receipt ...

Page 479: ...h 0 Auto Divided by 2 3 or 6 1 Reserved When designated automatic selection of bipartite tripartite 6 partite division is performed 2 Reserved When designated automatic selection of bipartite tripartite 6 partite division is performed 3 Auto1 Not divided Divided by 2 3 or 6 4 Divided by 6 Fixed Explanation 1 The standard density is finely adjusted to increase or decrease 2 When any fine adjustment...

Page 480: ...s printed 8 When 3 Auto1 is designated on the 4 inch print head Not divided Divided by 2 Divided by 3 or Divided by 6 is automatically selected for every line according to the print ratio The width of half a dot may not be printed on the line when switching among Not divided Divided by 2 Divided by 3 and Divided by 6 Therefore do not designate 3 Auto1 when a serial barcode is printed Notes 1 The s...

Page 481: ...9 in units of dots Note that any value of 9 or more is corrected to 9 eeee No of line length dots 0001 to 1296 in units of dots Explanation 1 The print position of the line is shown below Paper feed direction 100 Effective print width Width of head 456 DEF ABC Left margin 0 dot Alignment Left Alignment Right Offset 100 dots Alignment Center Left margin 100 dots Initial value 000 dot Line ABC ABC L...

Page 482: ...her than defined printing may become poor or the printer may be reset When a horizontal line is to be drawn note the print ratio 2 When any line length exceeding the effective print width the length is corrected to the maximum head width that varies depending on model B EP2DL GHxx B EP4DL GHxx Max head width 48 0 mm 104 0 mm ...

Page 483: ...table Character 24 24 dots D Price Font 1 16 40 dots E Price Font 2 32 48 dots 203 dpi print head F Times Roman Bold 21 points G Helvetica Bold 18 points H Letter Gothic Medium 14 3 points I Courier Medium 15 points J Presentation Bold 27 points O GOTHIC725 Black 6 points Q Chinese Writable Character 24 24 dots R Korean Writable Character 24 24 dots S Reserved T Reserved U Reserved Explanation 1 W...

Page 484: ... Format ESC KVabbbccc Initial value None Term a Font type A TEC Font 1 Helvetica Bold B TEC Font 1 Helvetica Bold Proportional K Reserved bbb Character width 016 to 240 in units of dots ccc Character height 016 to 240 in units of dots Explanation 1 When a bbb and ccc are set to any value other than the above a command error occurs ...

Page 485: ...ode Two dimensional code bar data Barcode two dimensional code data Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above a command error occurs 2 When the type of barcode is JAN8 EAN8 EAN8 2 digits EAN8 5 digits JAN13 EAN13 EAN13 2 digits EAN13 5 digits EAN128 UCC EAN128 CODE128 UPC E UPC E 2 digits UPC E 5 digits UPC A UPC A 2digits or UPC A 5 digits a check digit is automatically attach...

Page 486: ...merals Under Bars Command GS H Security Level Command GS s No of Columns Strings Command GS c Error Correction Level Set Command for QR code GS q QR Code Model Set Command GS r Paper feed direction Effective print width width of head A B C 4 9 4 0 0 4 5 8 ABC LF GS k04940045 NUL LF Width of receipt 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 GS k3 87654321 NUL LF ...

Page 487: ...l 2 magnification vertical 60H 3 magnification horizontal 3 magnification vertical 70H 3 magnification horizontal 4 magnification vertical 80H 4 magnification horizontal 3 magnification vertical 90H 4 magnification horizontal 4 magnification vertical Initial value n 00H 1 magnification horizontal 1 magnification vertical Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above a command error...

Page 488: ...ue 02H 02H JAN system 1 Max value 03H 06H NW7 system 2 Max value 05H 0AH PDF417 Max value 03H 06H QR code Max value 05H 0AH 1 The JAN system refers to JAN8 EAN8 EAN8 2 digits EAN8 5 digits JAN13 EAN13 EAN13 2 digits EAN13 5 digits EAN128 UCC EAN128 CODE128 UPC E UPC E 2 digits UPC E 5 digits UPC A UPC A 2 digits UPC A 5 digits and CODE93 2 The NW7 system refers to NW7 CODE39 Interleaved 2 of 5 and...

Page 489: ... 23 23 8 0FH 8 8 24 24 8 Unit dots The character to character space does not exist in Interleaved 2 of 5 and MSI PDF417 n 1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 5 modules 6 modules Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space 02H 2 4 6 8 10 12 03H 3 6 9 12 15 18 04H 4 8 12 16 20 24 05H 5 10 15 20 25 30 06H 6 12 18 24 30 36 07H 7 14 21 28 35 42 08H 8 16 24 32 40 48 09H 9 18 27 36 45 ...

Page 490: ...mmand Note that the height of the whole barcode cannot be set by this command The PDF417 can have the maximum of 90 rows Therefore if 88 or more dots are specified the PDF417 may not be stored in the image buffer In that case the printer s operation is not guaranteed Refer to Barcode Two Dimensional Code Print Command GS k Paper feed direction Effective print width Width of head Width of receipt 8...

Page 491: ...r Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above a command error occurs 2 For NW7 CODE39 Interleaved 2 of 5 and MSI if n is set to 1 or 2 printing is the same The length of the guard bar is fixed as follows y B EP2DL GHxx B EP4DL GHxx 16 dots 2 mm Refer to Barcode Two Dimensional Code Print Command GS k Paper feed direction Effective print width Width of head Width of receipt GS H0 ...

Page 492: ...t 00 Level 0 01 Level 1 02 Level 2 03 Level 3 04 Level 4 05 Level 5 06 Level 6 07 Level 7 08 Level 8 Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above a command error occurs 2 This command is effective for the PDF417 only If this command is send for printing other barcode two dimensional codes the command will be ignored Refer to Barcode Two Dimensional Code Print Command GS k ...

Page 493: ...tial value n 06H Term n No of columns strings 01H to 1EH 01 to 30 Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above range a command error occurs 2 This command is effective for the PDF417 only If this command is sent for printing other barcode two dimensional codes the command will be ignored Refer to Barcode Two Dimensional Code Print Command GS k ...

Page 494: ...idth is smaller than the print head width it is necessary to adjust the print start position to the paper width via X direction Fine Adjustment through key operations the Horizontal Print Position command or the Horizontal Offset Position command This should be done since the print width is set using the center of the print head as an origin not based on the left edge of the print head 3 If the pr...

Page 495: ... by the Mode Select Command or the power is turned off 3 When the alignment left right center is specified by the Position Align Command the alignment is performed within the effective range excluding the left margin set by this command 4 In the case that the left margin is set for printing character strings and barcodes if the data is not included within one line excluding the left margin the exc...

Page 496: ...e print width Width of head 456 DEF ABC Left margin 0 dot Alignment Left Alignment Right Alignment Center Left margin 100 dots Initial value 000 dot ABC ABC LF ESC a1 ABC LF ESC H100 ABC LF Width of receipt DEF LF GS k04940045 NUL LF ESC H000 ESC a0 456 LF 4 9 4 0 0 4 5 8 ABC 123 ESC a2 123 LF ...

Page 497: ...tal offset position is specified again by this command even though the data has already been drawn on the line it is printed at the position specified by this command Therefore it is printed over the already drawn data 3 This command is effective until a line feed is performed After a line feed is performed printing is performed at the print start position specified by the Horizontal Print Positio...

Page 498: ...idth of head 456 DEF ABC Left margin 0 dot Alignment Left Alignment Right Offset 100 dots Alignment Center Left margin 100 dots Initial value 000 dot ABC ABC LF ESC C 100 ESC a1 ABC LF ESC H100 ABC LF Width of receipt DEF LF GS k04940045 NUL LF ESC H000 ESC a0 456 LF 4 9 4 0 0 4 5 8 ABC 123 ESC a2 123 LF 100 ...

Page 499: ... characters 0 0 1 90 2 180 3 270 Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above a command error occurs 2 The characters are rotated as shown below When characters are rotated they are not aligned to the reference line because each font has a different parameter for the print position If the character magnification is changed they are not aligned to the reference line either 270 180 ...

Page 500: ...igh density level M Standard level Q Reliability level H High reliability level Initial value n M Standard level Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above a command error occurs 2 This command is effective for the QR code only If this command is set when printing other barcode two dimensional codes the command will be ignored Refer to Barcode Two Dimensional Code Print Command ...

Page 501: ...n Model to be set 1 Model 1 2 Model 2 Initial value n 1 Model 1 Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above a command error occurs 2 This command is effective for the QR code only If this command is set when printing other barcode two dimensional codes the command will be ignored Refer to Barcode Two Dimensional Code Print Command GS k ...

Page 502: ...rinter is operated without designating the sensor 3 Since the printer does not perform a line feed automatically be sure to send the Print Line Feed Command for each data which can be included within one line If data which is not included within one line is received characters cannot be printed in the proper position 4 Although this command is received in page mode it is ignored Refer to Line Feed...

Page 503: ...med and as a result the print may be overlapped or the print position is misaligned This command is effective in the first receipt to be printed after the command is received That is this command needs to be issued for every receipt before printing because the command is effective only one receipt NOTE When printing more than one receipt continuously the printer does not stop at the top of each re...

Page 504: ...n to usual print and line feed operations using the Print and Line Feed Command LF for each line or to disable issue of data received in page mode page mode can be canceled by sending the Page Mode Cancel Command CAN until the Page Mode Print Command is received 5 When this command is received in page mode it is ignored 6 Length to be printed collectively is 1000 0 mm When data length to be printe...

Page 505: ...de Format FF Explanation 1 This command is used to print data received in page mode 2 After printing the data received in page mode the printer returns to usual print and line feed operations using the Print and Lie Feed Command LF for each line 3 This command is ignored when it is received while the printer is not in page mode ...

Page 506: ...mand is sent or set in page mode are retained 3 This command is ignored when it is received while the printer is not in page mode 4 To cancel the page mode and return to usual print and line feed operations using the Print and Line Feed Command LF for each line or to disable issue of data received in page mode page mode can be canceled by sending the Page Mode Cancel Command CAN until the Page Mod...

Page 507: ...ewest data is left Only the form storage area in flash ROM can be forcefully cleared by this command However if this command is sent all data of the stored forms including the newest data is deleted initialized 2 The remaining capacity of flash memory after formatting is displayed on the LCD 3 Whenever already registered data PC saving writable character or logo is registered again memory is consu...

Page 508: ...a Explanation 1 00H 2 60H 3 00H 4 00H 5 70H 6 00H 67 EFH 68 80H 69 00H 70 3EH 71 00H 72 00H 1 The graphic data should be separated into units of 8 dots and sent in the above order 1 to 72 2 The graphic data is 00H to FFH 3 The minimum unit of a graphic width is 8 dots Dots with no data are transmitted as data 0 4 The number of bytes of the graphic to be transmitted must be as follows The number of...

Page 509: ...H 78H 00H 00H 7CH 00H 00H 6EH 00H 00H 67H 00H 00H 63H 80H 00H 61H 80H 00H 61H C0H 00H 60H C0H 00H 61H C0H 00H 61H 80H 00H 63H 80H 00H 67H C0H 00H 66H 00H 0FH 60H 00H 0EH 60H 00H 3FH E0H 00H 7FH FEH 00H FFH E0H 00H FFH C0H 00H FFH C0H 00H EFH 80H 00H 3EH 00H 00H LF NUL Graphic width 19 dots Graphic height 24 dots ...

Page 510: ...n Graphic No 1 or 2 Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above a command error occurs 2 When the graphic data is not stored this command is ignored Refer to Graphic Data Store Command ESC SG Mode Select Command ESC M Paper feed direction Effective print width Width of head ABC DEF ABC GS 1 DEF LF Width of receipt Graphic GHIJK ABC GS 1 GHIJK LF Graphic ...

Page 511: ... printer is initialized In RS 232C when the status response is specified the printer returns the status 10H After this status is received the next command may be sent In IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX RS 232C Bluetooth or Wireless LAN the printer does not return the status 4 To use IrDA interface for sending this command to the printer only this command should be sent After the command is sent the link s...

Page 512: ...o Low Printer status Printer status is indicated in 1 byte data 00H Normal status while idling 01H Cover open status 02H Command syntax error including Ir packet error 03H Paper jam 04H Label end 05H Cover open error 06H Broken thermal head dots error 07H Thermal head excessive temperature 08H Flash ROM write error 09H Flash ROM erase error 0AH Low battery Print failure 0BH Operating 0CH Communica...

Page 513: ...e wait for battery recovery and wait for print head motor temperature reduction 0CH Communication error For RS 232C connection only 0DH Normal end Label end See NOTE 0EH Flash ROM storage area full state 10H Normal issue end 37H Charging error 38H Bluetooth setting successfully completed Response status for automatic status transmission 39H Bluetooth setup error including initialization error NOTE...

Page 514: ...e batch currently being printed only No remaining count of the batch waiting to be printed is transmitted 3 Free space of the receive buffer for the interface which sent this command is returned to the host IrDA TEC Protocol Data to be transmitted fixed at 22 bytes STX Printer ID Status Remaining No of labels Length 02H 3xH 3xH 33H 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 32H 32H Receiving buffer space Entire receiving bu...

Page 515: ...including initialization error 45 Wait for battery recovery 46 Wait for print head temperature reduction 47 Wait for motor temperature reduction 50 Flash ROM write error 51 Flash ROM erase error 54 Flash ROM storage area full state 55 Writable character PC command save mode Remaining No of labels Indicates the remaining number of labels in four bytes 0000 to 9999 Length Indicates the number of byt...

Page 516: ...Command ESC XD or Graphic Command ESC SG is received the Status Request Command is not processed until the printer receives the data specified for the type of data 4 After receiving the Status Request Command there may be a maximum of 20 msec delay until the printer sends a status 5 At least a 20 msec interval must be given between the transmissions of the Status Request Command If the next Status...

Page 517: ...AN STX Mode information 16 bytes R E C E I P T SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 02H 52H 45H 43H 45H 49H 50H 54H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H RECEIPT1 mode Mode 2 IrDA TEC Protocol STX Mode information 16 bytes CRC CRC R E C E I P T 1 SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 02H 52H 45H 43H 45H 49H 50H 54H 31H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H xxH xxH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth Wireless LAN STX Mo...

Page 518: ...er it is entered SYSTEM When the password setting is off SYSTEM TPCL strip issue mode TPCL S TPCL1 strip issue mode TPCL1 S LABEL strip issue mode LABEL S indicates a space When the compatible mode for the B SP series is off TPCL mode TPCL LE TPCL1 mode TPCL LE1 LABEL mode LABEL RECEIPT mode RECEIPT RECEIPT1 mode RECEIPT1 ESC POS mode ESC POS Online reset menu USER SYSTEM SYSTEM mode for users PAU...

Page 519: ... returned to the host is as follows IrDA TEC Protocol STX 02H 0 30H 4 34H A 41H P 50H Creation date R 52H 2 32H 0 30H 0 30H 8 38H B 42H 2DH E 45H Model P 50H 2 32H D 44H G 47H V 56H 1 31H Version 2EH 0 30H A 41H CRC xxH CRC xxH Creation date of the program 9 byte data indicated in order of Day Month Year Program version 5 byte data Vx xx Revision Version Model 7 byte ASCII code indicating the mode...

Page 520: ...H B 42H 2DH E 45H Model P 50H 2 32H D 44H G 47H V 56H 1 31H Version 2EH 0 30H A 41H ETX 03H EOT 04H CR 0DH LF 0AH Notes 1 No statuses are returned when using USB Creation date of program 9 bytes of data indicated in order of Day Month Year Program version 5 bytes of data Vx xx Revision Version Model 7 byte ASCII code indicating the model B EP2DG 2 inch 203 dpi model B EP4DG 4 inch 203 dpi model ...

Page 521: ...the host is as follows IrDA TEC Protocol STX Printer serial No CRC CRC 02H 32 bytes XXH XXH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN SOH Printer serial No 02H 32 bytes When the printer serial No is 2308M000001 32H 33H 30H 38H 4DH 30H 30H 30H 30H 30H 31H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 2 3 0 8 M 0 0 0 0 0 1 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H The remaining bytes...

Page 522: ...ion frame and sent Information field to be sent when IrDA TEC Protocol is used STX Bluetooth device address or Wireless LAN MAC address CRC 02H 12 bytes xxH xxH Information field to be sent when IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth Wireless LAN is used STX Bluetooth device address or Wireless LAN MAC address 02H 12 bytes The printer sends the following information Bluetooth device address...

Page 523: ...is not possible 1 31H Inquiry is possible only within 60 seconds after a printer power on 2 32H Inquiry is possible at anytime Security setting 1 31H No security 2 32H No security 3 33H Link level security is effective Bluetooth device name CRC 32 bytes xxH xxH Bluetooth device name Fixed at 32 bytes When the Bluetooth device name is TOSHIBA TEC BT 54H 4FH 53H 48H 49H 42H 41H 20H 54H 45H 43H 20H 4...

Page 524: ... be made by entering the character code or LF Print Line Feed Command between GS and GS 2 From the start to end of the macro definition must be a maximum of 253 bytes 3 The macro definition data is kept until the power is turned off 4 The number of digits indicated using must match that for the macro to be actually executed 5 Character code designated by the Macro Definition Command is sent to the...

Page 525: ...ransferring the character code specified by the Macro Definition Command The No of times of data transfer and transfer time for printing in a fixed format can be saved Also the printable No of lines per batch transfer can be increased by using the macro function Ex GS 0023071T1 A Label 1 9 000 NUL GS NO LF LF Quantity LF Price LF LF GS GS 0023071T1 A Label 1 9 000 NUL NO Quantity Price NO 002 3071...

Page 526: ...sition Left AB Printing characters 1x1 magnification ESC 10H AB Printing characters 1x2 magnification ESC 20H AB Printing characters 2x1 magnification ESC 30H AB LF Printing characters 2x2 magnification Printing and a line feed Paper feed direction Effective print width Width of head A B C 1 Setting the length of a line feed and printing characters Width of receipt A B C A B C D E F AB AB 5 4 3 2 ...

Page 527: ... NUL LF Printing CODE39 Printing and a line feed 7 GS 1 Printing a graphic ESC 00H GHIJK LF Printing characters 1x1 magnification printing and a line feed 8 ESC a1 Alignment of the print position Center GS h 50H Setting the height of the barcode 80 dots GS k04940045 NUL LF Printing EAN8 Printing and a line feed ...

Page 528: ...o write subsequent print data will be shifted 1 line The printer is placed in page mode upon the receipt of the Switching to Page Mode Command ESC L Any commands received subsequently are processed for page mode Executing the Page Mode Collective Print Command ESC FF allows all received data to be printed in a collective manner In addition executing the Page Mode Print Command FF allows all receiv...

Page 529: ...mand The format designation method should conform to the following rules z n refers to a parameter item z Brackets and parentheses e g or are used only for description and must not be transmitted in practice z Other symbols must always be inserted at designated positions before being transmitted Term Explains the term s used in the format Default value Default value of a parameter at power on or s...

Page 530: ...inese characters JIS 1 level 2 Font structure ANK Chinese character Chinese or Korean Font A 12 24 24 24 8 4 EXTERNAL CUSTOM CHARACTERS SPECIFICATIONS ANK Font A 95 characters 20h to 7Eh Chinese characters 7721h to 777Eh for JIS EC40h to EC9Eh except for EC7Fh for shift JIS and F7A1h to F7Feh for the EUC code Chinese FF40h to FF7Eh FF80h to FFFCh Korean FF40h to FF7Eh FF80h to FFFCh The specified ...

Page 531: ... applied in standard and page modes However as for the following commands values must be independently specified and maintained in standard and page modes ESC SP Setting of spacing on the right of a character ESC 2 Setting of 30 dot feeding ESC 3 Setting of minimum dots for line feed FS S Setting of spacing on both sides of a chinese character ...

Page 532: ...int to the baseline 3 If the print data including space on the right of a character deviates from the print area before a command that includes line feed Line Feed Command LF or Feed Length Set Command ESC J is received line feed will be performed automatically within the print area The position where print data is expanded is shifted 1 line Also the next expantion position is the beginning of the...

Page 533: ...nserted for a minimum of 24 pulses 3 0 mm or 48 pulses 6 0 mm or over recommended This is because of reserving a slow up area The number of slow up pulses varies depending on the print speed Note 3 A logo must be printed within the range of 21 mm at maximum Note 4 After a logo is printed a blank must be inserted for a minimum of 24 pulses 3 0 mm or 48 pulses 6 0 mm recommended Receipt print positi...

Page 534: ...st be discarded Ex Data string 30H 1BH 22H 31H 32H is inputted 30H 1BH 22H 31H 32H Data string actually processed 30H 31H 32H 8 9 3 SETTING OUT OF DEFINED RANGE If a numeric value outside the defined range is inputted the command must be ignored and an already set value must not be changed For commands that have multiple arguments once a numeric value out of the defined range is inputted command p...

Page 535: ...l be ignored if the next horizontal tab position is not specified 2 The Horizontal Tab Positions Set Command ESD D must be used to specify a position of a horizontal tab Program example fprintf stdprn 01234567890123456789012345678901234 n for i 0 i 4 i fputc t stdprn Horizontal tab fputc H stdprn fputc n stdprn Print example Default horizontal tab position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0...

Page 536: ...2 If this command is received without print data a line feed of a specified length will be just inserted 3 Data that contains 4 096 bytes in a single line up to LF must not be transmitted If the number of bytes exceeds 4 096 the correct functioning of the printer will not be guaranteed Program example fprintf stdprn 0123456789 n fputc n stdprn Line feed fprintf stdprn ABCDEFGH n Print example 0123...

Page 537: ...his command is ignored except when page mode is selected 2 The data that has been drawn is all erased after printing is completed 3 The print area specified by the Page Mode Print Area Set Command ESC W is initialized 4 After this command is executed the next print starting position is the beginning of a line Reference Page Mode Collective Print Command ESC FF Switching to Page Mode Command ESC L ...

Page 538: ...gnored except when page mode is selected 2 The data contained in the currently specified print area will be cleared even if it is the data contained in the previously specified print area The print starting position in the currently specified print area is returned to the starting position defined by the Page Mode Print Area Set Command ESC W Reference Switching to Page Mode Command ESC L Page Mod...

Page 539: ... 1Bh 0Ch Explanation 1 This command is ignored except when page mode is selected 2 The values specified by the Page Mode Print Direction Set Command ESC T or the Page Mode Print Area Set Command ESC W and the position where the print data is expanded are maintained after printing is completed Reference Page Mode Print Command FF Switching to Page Mode Command ESC L Switching to Standard Mode Comma...

Page 540: ...ible spacing on the right of a character is 99 dots If a specified value exceeds 99 the maximum value of 99 will be applied 3 Spacing can be independently specified in standard and page modes 4 The value specified by this command is not applicable to Chinese characters Instead the Chinese Character Spacing Set Command FS S must be applied Program example fprintf stdprn 033 1 dot on the right fputc...

Page 541: ... Set Command ESC 3 Bold printing can also be set or canceled by the Bold Printing Set Command ESC E but the most recently processed command is applied 4 An ANK character size can also be specified by the Character Size Set Command GS but the most recently processed command is applied 5 Underlining can also be set or canceled by the Underlining Set Command ESC but the most recently processed comman...

Page 542: ...example fprintf stdprn 033 Normal width fputc 0 stdprn fprintf stdprn 11111 n fprintf stdprn 033 c 0 20 Double width fprintf stdprn 22222 n Print example 11111 2 2 2 2 2 Reference Underlining Set Command ESC Bold Printing Set Command ESC E Character Size Set Command GS ...

Page 543: ... value n 0 Explanation 1 n is valid only in the least significant bit 2 If downloaded characters writable characters are not registered with a specified code the internal ANK characters will be printed Also when the downloaded characters writable characters are canceled the internal ANK characters will be selected automatically for printing Reference Downloaded Character Writable Character Define ...

Page 544: ...NK characters no writable characters registered Explanation 1 Multiple consecutive character codes can be defined in the single execution of this command 2 d refers to not only data to be defined but also a pattern of dots from the left end in the x horizontal direction If x is below the number of dots to form a character the remaining dots on the right will be space filled 3 At a moment when an e...

Page 545: ...10 0x00 0x00 fprintf stdprn 033 003AB Registrationofwritablecharacters41H 42Hcode fputc 1 stdprn 1 dot in the horizontal direction for i 0 i 3 i fputc gaiji1 i stdprn fputc 5 stdprn 5 dots in the horizontal direction for i 0 i 15 i fputc gaiji2 i stdprn fprintf stdprn 033 Canceling writable characters fputc 0 stdprn fprintf stdprn ABCD n fprintf stdprn 033 Setting writable characters fputc 1 stdpr...

Page 546: ...POS MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 8 19 Specified character Example of font A d1 d4 d7 d34 d2 d5 d8 d35 d3 d6 d9 d36 d1 0 0F d4 0 30 d7 0 40 d2 0 03 d5 0 80 d8 0 40 d3 0 00 d6 0 C0 d9 0 20 B7 B0 12 dots 24 dots ...

Page 547: ... while wrapping around and consequently corrupted B EP2DL GHxx 203 dpi 384 mm B EP4DL GHxx 203 dpi 832 mm 4 d refers to image data A bit to be printed is set to 1 and the one not to be printed is set to 0 5 The table below shows mode selected by m m mode No of dots in the vertical direction Dot density 0 8 Single density 1 8 Double density 32 24 Single density 33 24 Double density 6 Underlining bo...

Page 548: ...CHAPTER 8 ESC POS MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 8 21 Program example for m 0 m 1 m fprintf stdprn 033 c x3F c m 0 for i 1 i 0x3F i fputc i stdprn fputc n stdprn fprintf stdprn n r ...

Page 549: ...d doubled in the horizontal direction 1 byte data is tripled in the vertical direction b7 b7 d1 d2 d3 d1 d2 d3 Expanded Expanded b0 b0 24 dot single density 24 dot double density 1 byte data is doubled in the horizontal direction 1 byte data is edited in sequence d1 d4 d7 b7 d1 d4 d7 b7 d2 d5 d8 d2 d5 d8 d3 d6 d9 d3 d6 d9 b0 b0 2 dots 1 dot 24 dots 24 dots 24 dots 24 dots 2 dots 1 dot ...

Page 550: ...kipped by the Horizontal Tab Command HT is not underlined 2 A character rotated 90 degrees clockwise or a character in reverse is not underlined 3 If underlining is canceled with n 0 or n 48 subsequent data will not be underlined However the width of the underline specified most recently is maintained Also a 1 dot wide underline is selected by default 4 The width of the underline is consistent reg...

Page 551: ...nloaded characters 32 n 126 20h n 7Eh Default value n 0 Explanation 1 n refers to a character code in which a defined pattern is erased After downloaded characters are erased the same pattern as the internal characters are printed 2 If a specified character code is undefined this command will be ignored Reference Downloaded Character Writable Character Define Command ESC Downloaded Character Writa...

Page 552: ...E FEED LENGTH SET COMMAND ESC 2 Function Sets a line feed length to 30 dots 203 dpi 0 125 mm dot Format ASCII ESC 2 Hex 1Bh 32h Explanation 1 Line feed lengths can be independently specified in standard and page modes Reference Minimum Dots for Line Feed Length Set Command ESC 3 ...

Page 553: ...gth n 2 dot 0 n 255 00h n FFh Default value n 60 Line feed length of 30 dots Explanation 1 Line feed lengths can be independently specified in standard and page modes 2 Fractions are rounded up 3 The minimum permissible value is 00h for a line feed length However a line feed length is only applicable when a value of 60 30 dots or over is specified If a value less than 60 is specified a line feed l...

Page 554: ...Parameter n Selecting deselecting printer 0 n 255 00h n FFh b7 b0 Default value n 1 Explanation 1 n is valid only in the least significant bit 2 While being deselected the printer is waiting only for this command So please note that if the same code arrangement as ESC 1 1Bh 3Dh 01h is contained in the data such as writable characters or images transmitted while the printer is being deselected the ...

Page 555: ... 1Bh 40h Explanation 1 The data and macro definition in the receive buffer are maintained 2 Please refer to the next page for further information regarding the data to be initialized Program example fprintf stdprn 033 c 0x20 Double width fprintf stdprn 11111 n Other settings fprintf stdprn 033 Initializing printer fprintf stdprn 22222 n Print example 11111 2 2 2 2 2 All settings are reset to defau...

Page 556: ... Enabling disabling panel switch 0 Enabled ESC Setting canceling inverted printing 0 Canceling inverted printing FS Specifying print modes for Chinese characters altogether 0 No settings FS Specifying Chinese Character mode Canceled FS Setting canceling underlining for Chinese characters 0 No underlining FS Canceling Chinese character mode 0 Chinese character mode canceled FS 2 Defining writable c...

Page 557: ...or more the character width will be enlarged accordingly 2 The position of the horizontal tab that has been specified is cleared 3 With n 8 for the position of the horizontal tab the next print position will be shifted to the 9th digit by executing the Horizontal Tab Command HT 4 The maximum permissible number of horizontal tab positions is 32 k 32 If it is exceeded the subsequent data will be pro...

Page 558: ... D 0A 14 1E 00 09 H 09 H 09 H 09 H 0A Program example fprintf stdprn 01234567890123456789012345678901234 n fprintf stdprn 033D c c c 10 20 30 fputc 0 stdprn for i 0 i 4 i fputc t stdprn fputc H stdprn fputc n stdprn Print example 01234567890123456789012345678901234 H H H H H H HH Reference Horizontal Tab Command HT Default position ...

Page 559: ... dot horizontally and superimposed on another However in the event of the Character Rotation Set Command ESC V bold printing is performed after the rotation of the character Therefore the direction in which bold is applied is different 3 Bold printing can also be set or canceled by the Print Mode All Set Command ESC G but the most recently processed command is applied 4 The same print output is ob...

Page 560: ...SC Gn Term ASCII ESC G Hex 1Bh 47h Parameter n Double printing 0 n 255 00h n FFh b7 b0 Default value n 0 Explanation 1 n is valid only in the least significant bit 2 The same print output is obtained as when the Bold Printing Set Command ESC E is executed Reference Bold Printing Set Command ESC E 0 Canceling double printing 1 Setting double printing ...

Page 561: ... right is selected as the starting position by the Page Mode Print Direction Set Command ESC T the print position will be shifted in the paper feed direction vertical direction of a character In this case dots in the vertical direction y are used 2 If top right or bottom left is selected as the starting position by the Page Mode Print Direction Set Command ESC T the print position will be shifted ...

Page 562: ...nt Direction Set Command ESC T 5 The following commands have different values in page and standard modes So the values are switched to the ones for page mode 1 Spacing Set ESC SP FS S 2 Line Feed Set ESC 2 ESC 3 6 The parameter settings made when the following commands are received in standard mode are applied after switching to page mode 1 ESC V Setting canceling 90 degree rotation of character 2...

Page 563: ... ESC R Hex 1Bh 52h Parameter n Selecting international character set 0 n 10 00h n 0Ah n Character set 0 USA 1 France 2 Germany 3 UK 4 Denmark 5 Sweden 6 Italy 7 Spain 8 Japan 9 Norway 10 Denmark 2 Default value n 0 Explanation 1 Even if an international character set is switched between Japan and other countries by this command there is no impact upon the Chinese character code system Program exam...

Page 564: ...CHAPTER 8 ESC POS MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 8 37 Print example 23h 24h 40h 5Bh 5Ch 5Dh 5Eh 60h 7Bh 7Ch 7Dh 7Eh USA France Germany UK Denmark I Sweden Italy Spain Japan Norway Denmark II ...

Page 565: ...ted the next print starting position is the beginning of a line 4 The following commands have different values in page and standard modes So the values are switched to the ones for standard mode 1 Spacing Set ESC SP FS S 2 Line Feed Length Set ESC 2 ESC 3 5 Standard mode is selected at power on when resetting or when the Initialize Command ESC is executed 6 The print area defined by the Page Mode ...

Page 566: ...right C in the figure on the right 3 51 Top Bottom Top right D in the figure on the right Default value n 0 Explanation 1 If this command is received while the printer is in standard mode the defined parameter setting will be applied after switching to page mode 2 The position where characters are expanded is the starting position in the print area defined by the Page Mode Print Area Set Command E...

Page 567: ...ee of rotation clockwise Default value n 0 Explanation 1 Even if underlining is set a character rotated 90 degrees clockwise will not be underlined 2 If 90 degree of rotation clockwise is set a relationship between double width and double height is the reverse of the one when 90 degree rotation is canceled 3 The command setting does not have any impacts upon page mode 4 If this command is received...

Page 568: ...yH 255 00h dyH FFh Starting point in horizontal direction xL xH 256 dots Starting point in vertical direction yL yH 256 dots Length in horizontal direction dxL dxH 256 dots Length in vertical direction dyL dyH 256 dots Default value B EP2DL GHxx xL xH yL yH 0 dxL 80h dxH 01h dyL 80h dyH 01h B EP4DL GHxx xL xH yL yH 0 dxL 40h dxH 03h dyL 40h dyH 03h Explanation 1 If this command is received while t...

Page 569: ...T LF NUL ESC WB LF NUL ESC WR LF NUL ESC WW LF NUL Example ESC W xL xH yL yH dxL dxH dyL dyH S 10 0 0 160 1 160 1 The above values are specified If inputted in hex format they are as follows 1BH 57H 53H 0AH 00H 00H A0H 01H A0H 01H However the underlined portion is considered as ESC WS LF NUL Therefore a priority is given to the Status Request Command rather than the Page Mode Print Area Set Comman...

Page 570: ...ht justifying Default value n 0 Explanation 1 This command will be executed only if it is received at the beginning of a line 2 If this command is received while the printer in page mode the defined parameter setting will be applied after switching to standard mode 3 Justification is performed within the specified print area 4 Justification also applies to a portion skipped by the Horizontal Tab C...

Page 571: ... Parameter n Selecting deselecting printer 0 n 255 00h n FFh b7 b0 Default value n 0 Explanation 1 n is valid only in the least significant bit 2 The FEED key will be disabled if the parameter is set to Disabled 3 While waiting for the FEED key entry when a macro is executed the FEED key is enabled regardless of the parameter setting of this command However paper feed is not performed 0 Enabled 1 ...

Page 572: ...ation 1 After this command is executed the next print starting position is the beginning of a line 2 There is no impact upon the line feed length defined by the feed length set commands ESC 2 or ESC 3 3 The value in the table below must be applied if n line feed length exceeds it B EP2DL GHxx 203 dpi 999 mm B EP4DL GHxx 203 dpi 999 mm 4 The line feed length is 30 dots per line Program example fpri...

Page 573: ...C437 USA Standard Europe 1 Japanese Katakana 2 PC850 Multilingual 3 PC860 Portuguese 4 PC863 Canadian French 5 PC865 Nordic 255 Blank page Default value n 0 Explanation 1 PC850 is the only code page that the B EP series supports Therefore any values other than 2 are invalid Program example for i 0 i 2 i fprintf stdprn 033t Selecting code page fputc i stdprn for j 0x20 j 0xff j fputc j stdprn fprin...

Page 574: ...at the beginning of a line 3 Inverted printing means that a line is inverted 180 degrees and printed 4 Inverted printing is performed in the direction opposed to normal printing 5 If this command is received while the printer is in page mode the defined parameter setting will be applied after switching to standard mode Program example fprintf stdprn 033 Canceling inverted printing fputc 0 stdprn f...

Page 575: ...d 3 Dots in the horizontal direction x are applied in standard mode 4 The printer operation varies in page mode depending on the starting position as follows 1 If top left or bottom right is selected as the starting point defined by the Page Mode Print Direction Set Command ESC T an absolute position in the direction perpendicular to the paper feed direction horizontal direction of a character is ...

Page 576: ...umber must be defined If the left direction of the current position is specified a negative number must be defined 4 A negative number is represented by a complement number of 65535 Ex To specify N dots in the left negative direction nL nH 256 65536 N 5 Dots in the horizontal direction x are applied in standard mode 6 The printer operation varies in page mode depending on the starting position as ...

Page 577: ...dance with the width defined by the Chinese Character Underlining Set Command FS 4 If characters with different magnifications in the vertical direction coexist in the same line they will be aligned to the baseline 5 The size of Chinese characters can also be specified by the Chinese Character Magnification Set Command FS W or Character Size Set Command GS But the most recently processed command i...

Page 578: ...e applied when the Chinese character code system is changed to JIS There is no impact upon printing 2 Chinese character mode is canceled by default 3 A Chinese character code is processed from the 1st to the 2nd byte 4 The parameter setting applies to the Chinese language settings with Chinese language implemented for the QM model destined overseas or to the Korean language setting with Korean lan...

Page 579: ...is not underlined 2 If underlining Chinese characters is canceled with n 0 the subsequent Chinese characters will not be underlined However the width of the underline immediately before canceling the underline is maintained Also a 1 dot wide underline is selected by default 3 The width of an underline for Chinese characters is consistent regardless of a character size 4 Underlining Chinese charact...

Page 580: ...Eh Explanation 1 If this command is received with shift JIS selected for a Chinese character code system the defined parameter setting will be applied when the Chinese character code system is changed to JIS There is no impact upon printing 2 Chinese character mode is canceled by default Reference Chinese Character Mode Set Command FS Chinese Character Code System Set Command FS C ...

Page 581: ...72 bytes k 72 3 bytes high 24 dots Default value All space Explanation 1 a1 and a2 refer to a Chinese character code to define writable characters a1 refers to the 1st byte and a2 the 2nd byte 2 d refers to data to be defined A bit corresponding to a dot to be printed is 1 and the one corresponding to a dot not to be printed is 0 3 Font A accepts 94 characters 4 At a moment when an error occurs wi...

Page 582: ...ined character Example of font A d1 d4 d70 d2 d5 d71 d3 d6 D72 24 dots b7 b0 24 dots Example 24 dots d1 0x00 d4 0x03 d7 0x0F d10 0x0D d13 0x0C d16 0x0D d2 0x00 d5 0xC0 d8 0XC0 d11 0x80 d14 0x03 d17 0x83 d3 0x00 d6 0x00 d9 0x00 d12 0x00 d15 0x00 d18 0x80 Character ...

Page 583: ... both the 1st and 2nd bytes 2 For shift JIS code valid Chinese character codes are as follows 1st byte 81h to 9Fh or E0h to EFh 2nd byte 40h to 7Eh or 80h to FCh 3 There is no impact upon the setting with Chinese or Korean language implemented Program example fprintf stdprn 034C x01 SHIFT JIS selected fprintf stdprn x44 x7b n fprintf stdprn 034C c 0x00 JIS selected fprintf stdprn 034 Beginning of ...

Page 584: ...2 24 24 24 26 1C 2E B1 B2 B3 3 1C 2E 31 32 33 41 42 43 1C 43 01 1C 26 82 A0 82 A2 82 A4 1C 2E B1 B2 B3 4 1C 43 01 1C 26 31 32 33 41 42 43 82 A0 82 A2 82 A4 B1 B2 B3 5 1C 2E 31 32 33 41 42 43 1C 43 01 1C 26 82 A0 82 A2 82 A4 B1 B2 B3 6 1C 2E 31 32 33 41 42 43 1C 43 00 1C 26 24 22 24 24 24 26 B1 B2 B3 Reference Chapter 12 Character Code Table Chapter 13 Chinese Character Code Table ...

Page 585: ... one when a character size is standard If a character with a magnification of x 2 or over in the horizontal direction is expanded spacing will be determined by the specified spacing magnification in the horizontal direction 2 A sum of spacing on both sides of a character must never exceed 99 If so it will be changed to 99 3 Spacing can be independently specified in page and standard modes 4 If a d...

Page 586: ...ram example fprintf stdprn 034S c x02 0x00 2 dots on the right of character fprintf stdprn x82 x50 x82 x50 x82 x50 x82 x50 n fprintf stdprn 034S c x1c 0x00 28 dots on the right of character fprintf stdprn x82 x51 x82 x51 x82 x51 x82 x51 n Print example 1111 2 2 2 2 ...

Page 587: ...lt value n 0 Explanation 1 n is valid only in the least significant bit 2 If the quadrupling of a Chinese character double height double width is canceled by this command the subsequent Chinese character is printed in standard size x 1 3 A Chinese character size can also be specified by the Character Size Set Command GS or Chinese Character Print Mode All Set Command FS but the most recently proce...

Page 588: ...ion in the vertical direction in page mode is specified with reference to the starting position The next data expansion starting position is shifted nL nH 256 dots away from the current position in the vertical direction 2 This command is ignored except when page mode is selected 3 An absolute position in the vertical direction out of the specified print area is ignored 4 A starting position which...

Page 589: ...racters 3 Reversed printing also applies to spacing on the right of a character defined by the Spacing Set Command ESC SP 4 There is no impact upon bit images downloaded bit images barcodes or HRI characters or a portion skipped by the Horizontal Tab Command HT or Relative Position Set Command ESC 5 There is no impact upon spacing between lines 6 A higher priority is given to reversed printing tha...

Page 590: ... type ID to transmit 1 Model ID 0CH 12 2 Type ID See 1 below for further information 3 Firmware version See 2 below for further information b7 b0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 Default value n Explanation 1 Type ID is fixed at 21H for this printer 2 The firmware version is updated as below every time firmware is upgraded or revised A 41H B 42H C 43H Z 5AH a 61H b 62H 2 byte code supported 1 fixed supported 0 fix...

Page 591: ... current position The next data expansion starting position is shifted nL nH 256 dots away from the current position in the vertical direction 2 This command is ignored except when page mode is selected 3 In JIS standard characters is equivalent to 4 A relative position in the vertical direction out of the specified print area is ignored 5 A positive number must be specified for the downward direc...

Page 592: ...lected barcode system 1 m Barcode type Range of k Range of d ASCII 0 UPC A 11 k 12 0 to 9 1 UPC E 11 k 12 0 to 9 2 JAN13 EAN 12 k 13 0 to 9 3 JAN8 EAN 7 k 8 0 to 9 4 CODE39 1 k SP 0 to 9 A to Z 5 Interleaved 2 of 5 ITF 1 k even number only 0 to 9 6 NW 7 1 k 0 to 9 A to D 2 m Barcode type Range of n Range of d ASCII 65 UPC A 11 n 12 0 to 9 66 UPC E 11 n 12 0 to 9 67 JAN13 EAN 12 n 13 0 to 9 68 JAN8...

Page 593: ...rint area per line it will not be guaranteed that the barcode is printed properly 3 Paper will be fed over the length equivalent to the height of a barcode including HRI characters if HRI character printing is specified regardless of a line feed length defined by the 30 dot Line Feed Length Set Command ESC 2 or Minimum Dots for Line Feed Length Set Command ESC 3 4 This command will be valid only i...

Page 594: ...1 7B 31 FNC2 2 7B 32 FNC3 3 7B 33 FNC4 4 7B 34 7B 7B Example Data to be transmitted to print No 123456 In this example first code set B is used to print No After that the code set is changed to code set C and the 6 digit number is printed GS k 49 0A 7B 42 4E 6F 2E 7B 43 0C 22 38 3 If the beginning of the barcode data string is not a code set command processing will be aborted immediately and the s...

Page 595: ...RI character for a stop character is printed at the end of the HRI character string 3 An HRI character for a control character 00H to 1FH and 7FH is printed with and an alphabet combined Control character HRI character Control character HRI character ASCII Hex ASCII Hex NUL 00 U DLE 10 P SOH 01 A DC1 11 Q STX 02 B DC2 12 R ETX 03 C DC3 13 S EOT 04 D DC4 14 T ENQ 05 E NAK 15 U ACK 06 F SYN 16 V BEL...

Page 596: ...aracter is changed to A B or C Function character FNC1 FNC2 FNC3 FNC4 Uses of the function character vary depending on the application Note that only FNC1 can be used in code set C Characters printable with code set A Char Data to be transmitted Char Data to be transmitted Char Data to be transmitted Char Data to be transmitted Char Data to be transmitted NUL 00 CAN 18 0 30 H 48 FNC1 7B 31 SOH 01 ...

Page 597: ...64 7C 5 35 M 4D e 65 7D 6 36 N 4E f 66 7E 7 37 O 4F g 67 DEL 7F Characters printable with code set C Char Data to be transmitted Char Data to be transmitted Char Data to be transmitted Char Data to be transmitted Char Data to be transmitted 00 00 24 18 48 30 72 48 96 60 01 01 25 19 49 31 73 49 97 61 02 02 26 1A 50 32 74 4A 98 62 03 03 27 1B 51 33 75 4B 99 63 04 04 28 1C 52 34 76 4C FNC1 7B 31 05 0...

Page 598: ...2 X3 0 0 0 0 0 Y1 Y2 CD 0 X1 X2 X3 X4 Y1 4 CD 0 X1 X2 X3 X4 0 0 0 0 0 Y1 CD 0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 Y1 CD 0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 0 0 0 0 Y1 CD Data check is performed for the 0 portion shaded in the right table to categorize the data into 4 patterns from c to f If the data does not match the 4 patterns command processing will be aborted The data categorized into the 4 patterns from c to f is converted as shown...

Page 599: ...The maximum value varies depending on model and barcode type Model B EP2DL GHxx B EP4DL GHxx Range 02H to 05H 02H to 0AH Initial value 03H 03H UPC A UPC E JAN13 JAN8 CODE128 Maximum value 03H 06H CODE39 Interleaved 2 of 5 NW 7 Maximum value 05H 0AH UPC A UPC E JAN13 JAN8 or CODE128 n 1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space Bar Space 02H 2 4 6 8 03H 3 6 9 12 04H 4 8 12 ...

Page 600: ...09H 5 5 15 15 5 0AH 6 6 17 17 6 0BH 6 6 18 18 6 0CH 7 7 20 20 7 0DH 7 7 21 21 7 0EH 8 8 23 23 8 0FH 8 8 24 24 8 Unit dot The character to character space does not exist in Interleaved 2 of 5 1 A multilevel barcode refers to the following barcode system UPC A UPC E JAN13 JAN8 CODE93 and CODE128 2 A 2 level barcode refers to the following barcode system CODE39 ITF and NW 7 3 If n is out of range thi...

Page 601: ... GS h Function Sets the barcode height Format GS hn Term ASCII GS h Hex 1Dh 68h Parameter n No of dots for the barcode height 1 n 255 01h n FFh Default value n 162 Explanation 1 When n is set to any value other than the above this command will be ignored Reference Barcode Print Command GS k ...

Page 602: ...I character when a barcode is printed Format GS Hn Term ASCII GS H Hex 1Dh 48h Parameter n Print position of HRI character 0 n 3 00h n 03h or 48 n 50 30h n 33h 0 Not printing 1 Above barcode 2 Below barcode 3 Above and below barcode Default value n 0 Explanation 1 HRI stands for Human Readable Interpretation Reference Barcode Print Command GS k ...

Page 603: ...a line 2 If this command is received while the printer is in page mode the defined parameter setting will be applied after switching to standard mode 3 The command settings do not have any impacts upon page mode 4 If a value beyond the printable area per line is inputted all area except for the left margin will be specified as a print area 5 If a value specified for the width of the print area is ...

Page 604: ...be printed is set to 0 3 The defined downloaded bit image is cleared in the event of Initialize Command ESC Downloaded Character Writable Character Define Command ESC Resetting or turning the printer off 4 A downloaded bit image is defined 5 A specified logo is valid until resetting or the printer is turned off However in the event of a parameter error e g a value out of range the most recently st...

Page 605: ...CHAPTER 8 ESC POS MODE INTERFACE COMMANDS B EP Series 8 78 d1 dn2 1 d2 dn2 dn1 n2 8 Reference Downloaded Bit image Print Mode Set Command GS n1 8 dots b7 b0 n2 8 dots ...

Page 606: ...elected the command will be valid only if no data is present in the print buffer 3 Inverted printing bold printing double printing underlining character size or reversed printing will become invalid even if specified 4 If there is a line where the print area specified by the Left Margin Set Command GS L or Print Area Width Set Command GS W does not reach the minimum width in bit image mode 1 dot i...

Page 607: ...acro is being defined the end of the macro definition will be specified 2 If the Macro Execute Command GS is included while the macro is being defined the macro definition will be aborted and cleared 3 A macro is undefined initially 4 Undefined items are not cleared by the Initialize Command ESC 5 If GS is included immediately after the receipt of this command a micro will become undefined 6 The m...

Page 608: ... 00h n3 01h 0 A macro is executed n1 times at interval of time specified by n2 1 After a lapse of time specified by n2 the STATUS LED green blinks and waits for the FEED key to be pressed Once the FEED key is pressed a macro is executed once This is repeated n1 times Explanation 1 If this command is included while the macro is being defined the macro definition will be aborted and cleared 2 Nothin...

Page 609: ... 0 nH 0 Explanation 1 This command will be valid only if received at the beginning of a line 2 If this command is received while the printer is in page mode the defined parameter setting will be applied after switching to standard mode 3 The command settings do not have any impacts upon page mode 4 The maximum permissible left margin is equal to the width of the printable area If a specified value...

Page 610: ...gnification in the vertical direction is x 6 The command is GS 25 Explanation 1 This parameter setting applies to all characters ANK and Chinese characters except for HRI characters 2 If either a specified magnification in the vertical or horizontal direction is out of the defined range this command will be ignored 3 In standard mode vertical direction refers to the paper feed direction and horizo...

Page 611: ...ting 41H TPCL Continues printing 42H TPCL1 Continues printing b Print position detection feed Omissible If omitted the print position detection feed is not performed 0 When the mode change from RECEIPT RECEIPT1 or ESC POS to LABEL TPCL or TPCL1 is requested a print position detection feed is not performed after the mode is changed 1 When the mode change from RECEIPT RECEIPT1 or ESC POS to LABEL TP...

Page 612: ...nt the last print data by pressing the FEED button Notes 1 The print mode designation the specified print mode and the automatic status response in IrDA IrCOMM or USB is backed up in memory retained even if the power is turned off 2 The factory default is TPCL mode and Automatic status response in IrDA IrCOMM or USB is not performed The IrDA protocol is IrCOMM 3 When the print mode is changed the ...

Page 613: ...ection feed is performed after the error is cleared by using the PAUSE key when the key operation or Set Command ESC ZM03 is used to enable the print position detection feed setting after closing the cover 10 When changing the print mode by the printer itself the print position detection feed parameter cannot be set 11 When the mode select command is designated with the print position detection fe...

Page 614: ...ates the command process end to the EOT after the printer is initialized In RS 232C when the status response is specified the printer returns the status 34H 30H After this status is received the next command may be sent In IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB Bluetooth or Wireless LAN the printer does not return the status 4 When this command is sent through the IrDA interface only this command should be s...

Page 615: ... Printer status Printer status is indicated in 1 byte data 00H Normal state idling 01H Cover open state 02H Command syntax error including Ir packet error 03H Paper jam 04H Label end 05H Cover open error 06H Broken head dots error 07H Thermal head excessive temperature 08H Flash ROM write error 09H Flash ROM erase error 0AH Low battery Print failure 0BH Operating 0CH Communication error For RS 232...

Page 616: ...ecovery wait for head temperature reduction wait for motor temperature reduction 0CH Communication error For RS 232C connection only 0DH Normal end Label end See NOTE 0EH Flash ROM storage area full state 10H Normal issue end 37H Charging error 38H Bluetooth setting successfully completed Response status for automatic status transmission 39H Bluetooth setup error including initialization error NOT...

Page 617: ...e batch currently being printed only No remaining count of the batch waiting to be printed is transmitted 3 Free space of the receive buffer for the interface which sent this command is returned to the host IrDA TEC Protocol Data to be transmitted fixed at 22 bytes STX Printer ID Status Remaining No of labels Length 02H 3xH 3xH 33H 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 32H 32H Receiving buffer space Entire receiving bu...

Page 618: ...luding initialization error 45 Wait for battery recovery 46 Wait for head temperature reduction 47 Wait for motor temperature reduction 50 Flash ROM write error 51 Flash ROM erase error 54 Flash ROM storage area full state 55 Writable character PC command save mode Remaining No of labels Indicates the remaining number of labels in four bytes 0000 to 9999 Length Indicates the number of bytes of the...

Page 619: ...r or not the compatible mode for the B SP series is set 3 After receiving the Status Request Command there may be a maximum of 20 msec delay until the printer sends a status 4 At least a 20 msec interval must be given between the transmissions of the Status Request Command If the next Status Request Command is transmitted within 20 msec the printer may fail to receive it Example ESC WB LF NUL ...

Page 620: ... COMMAND ESC WX Function Sends the printer mode information to the host Format ESC WX LF NUL Explanation 1 The status when the compatible mode for the B SP series is on differs from the status when the compatible mode is off 2 The mode information format to be sent to the host is as follows ...

Page 621: ...ere the message is received in the ESC POS mode Mode 4 In addition the following messages are returned When the compatible mode for the B SP series is off TPCL mode TPCL TPCL1 mode TPCL1 LABEL mode LABEL RECEIPT mode RECEIPT RECEIPT1 mode RECEIPT1 ESC POS mode ESC POS Online reset menu USER SYSTEM SYSTEM mode for users PAUSE POWER keys USER SYSTEM SYSTEM mode for administrators FEED POWER keys Whe...

Page 622: ...T RECEIPT1 mode RECEIPT1 ESC POS mode ESC POS Online reset menu USER SYSTEM SYSTEM mode for users PAUSE POWER keys USER SYSTEM SYSTEM mode for administrators FEED POWER keys When the password setting is on and before it is entered USER SYSTEM When the password setting is on and after it is entered SYSTEM When the password setting is off SYSTEM indicates a space Example ESC WX LF NUL ...

Page 623: ...the host is as follows IrDA TEC Protocol STX Printer serial No CRC CRC 02H 32 bytes XXH XXH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN STX Printer serial No 02H 32 bytes When the printer serial No is 2308M000001 32H 33H 30H 38H 4DH 30H 30H 30H 30H 30H 31H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 2 3 0 8 M 0 0 0 0 0 1 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H The remaining bytes...

Page 624: ...s Information field to be sent when IrDA TEC Protocol is used STX Bluetooth device address or wireless LAN MAC address CRC CRC 02H 12 bytes xxH xxH Information field to be sent when IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN is used STX Bluetooth device address or wireless LAN MAC address 02H 12 bytes The printer sends the following information Bluetooth device address 0015b5aa0...

Page 625: ...H 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH Inquiry page window 0018 to 4096 Inquiry page interval 0018 to 4096 Inquiry timer 0 30H Inquiry is not possible 1 31H Inquiry is possible only within 60 seconds after a printer power on 2 32H Inquiry is possible at anytime Security setting 1 31H No security 2 32H No security 3 33H Link level security is effective Bluetooth device name CRC 32 bytes xxH xxH Bluetooth device nam...

Page 626: ... COMMANDS B EP Series 8 99 Information field to be sent when IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN is used STX Sec Inq Interval Window 02H 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH Bluetooth device name 32 bytes ...

Page 627: ... 1 9 ERROR PROCESSING 9 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION This chapter describes details regarding the errors of the printer If the printer detects an error it indicates an error message on the LCD or LED returns a status response and stops its operation ...

Page 628: ...k number error is found through the IrDA TEC Protocol interface an error will occur 9 2 2 HARDWARE ERROR A hardware error will occur if a framing error or parity error is found while receiving data through the serial interface RS 232C At the moment when a command syntax error or hardware error occurs the printer shows the error message and returns a status response before it stops Any commands exc...

Page 629: ...g over the media sensor the tag paper is fed over the distance 1 5 times as long as the tag pitch length of the white portion black mark length specified by the command but the white portion cannot be detected With the automatic label print positioning enabled and the transmissive sensor designated the label is loaded and the cover is opened and closed If the label pitch is 170 mm or less the back...

Page 630: ...ormal end label end When or before the motor is driven for feeding or printing the media sensor transmissive sensor or reflective sensor detects the label end state The media sensor transmissive sensor or reflective sensor detects the label end state before a print image that is printable in a single print job is printed completely After that while the media sensor is detecting the label end state...

Page 631: ... occur 9 3 4 COVER OPEN ERROR c If the cover open state is detected for 5 mm continuously while printing or feeding an error will occur d When printing is attempted with the cover opened an error will occur At the moment an error occurs the printer displays an error message and returns a status response before it stops Any commands except for the Status Request Command and the Reset Command are no...

Page 632: ...ved while the power of the printer is on 9 6 BLUETOOTH SETTING ERROR The printer recognizes an error when the Bluetooth related parameter setting fails 9 7 ERRORS IN WRITABLE CHARACTER AND PC COMMAND SAVE MODES 9 7 1 WRITE ERROR An error has occurred in writing data in the storage memory 9 7 2 FORMAT ERROR An erase error has occurred in formatting the storage memory 9 7 3 MEMORY FULL Further data ...

Page 633: ...ded A command which rewrites the data in the delay slot has been decoded 9 8 4 PCB IDENTIFICATION ERROR The B EP4DL Drive PCB is connected to the B EP2DL Main PCB or the firmware for the B EP4DL model is downloaded to the B EP2DL The B EP2DL Drive PCB is connected to the B EP4DL Main PCB or the firmware for the B EP2DL model is downloaded to the B EP4DL 9 8 5 THERMAL HEAD IDENTIFICATION ERROR The ...

Page 634: ... if the printer has run out of the paper the printer neither clears the error nor continues printing It remains in the error state In any state other than the above the printer performs a 20 mm feed by pressing the FEED key If the cover is opened due to the pressing of the key during printing the head will separate from the platen Therefore printing does not necessarily continue 9 10 4 TPCL MODE A...

Page 635: ... 05H Cover open error Blink in red 31H 35H 31H 31H 35H 32H 31H 35H 32H Close the cover 06H 06H 06H Broken head dots error Blink in red 31H 37H 31H 31H 37H 32H 31H 37H 32H Turn the power off or restart by the PAUSE key Replace the thermal head 07H 07H 07H Thermal head excessive temperature Blink in red 31H 38H 31H 31H 38H 32H 31H 38H 32H Turn the power off 08H 08H 08H Flash ROM write error Blink in...

Page 636: ...H 32H 33H 37H 32H Turn the power off 39H 39H 39H Bluetooth initialization error Blink in red 33H 39H 31H 33H 39H 32H 33H 39H 32H Turn the power off 39H 39H 39H Bluetooth setup error Blink in red 33H 39H 31H 33H 39H 32H 33H 39H 32H Turn the power off 45H Wait for battery recovery ON in green 34H 35H 31H 46H Wait for head temperature reduction ON in green 34H 36H 31H 47H Wait for motor temperature r...

Page 637: ...over open error Blink in red 31H 35H 31H 31H 35H 32H 31H 35H 32H Close the cover 06H 06H 06H Broken head dots error Blink in red 31H 37H 31H 31H 37H 32H 31H 37H 32H Turn the power off or restart by the PAUSE key Replace the thermal head 07H 07H 07H Thermal head excessive temperature Blink in red 31H 38H 31H 31H 38H 32H 31H 38H 32H Turn the power off 08H 08H 08H Flash ROM write error Blink in red 3...

Page 638: ...H 32H 33H 37H 32H Turn the power off 39H 39H 39H Bluetooth initialization error Blink in red 33H 39H 31H 33H 39H 32H 33H 39H 32H Turn the power off 39H 39H 39H Bluetooth setup error Blink in red 33H 39H 31H 33H 39H 32H 33H 39H 32H Turn the power off 0BH Wait for battery recovery ON in green 30H 32H 31H 0BH Wait for head temperature reduction ON in green 30H 32H 31H 0BH Wait for motor temperature r...

Page 639: ...G B EP Series 9 13 The LED goes OFF when The auto power off function is performed This is the same state when the printer is turned OFF The error LED turns off in 5 minutes if the auto power off time is set to 6 minutes or more ...

Page 640: ...nabled via all interfaces except for Wireless LAN and Bluetooth B EP GH32 Once communication has started interface type does not automatically change to another To change the interface type it is required to press the FEED key or PAUSE key or turning the printer power off then on For communication statuses of each interface refer to I F SETTING in the SYSTEM mode For details refer to the Key Opera...

Page 641: ... must not be transmitted in practice z Other symbols must always be inserted at designated positions before being transmitted Term Explains the term s used in the format 0 to 999 described in the entry range indicates that up to 3 digit variable length entry is allowed Entry of 001 or 009 is also possible 000 to 999 indicates that the entry must be fixed to 3 digits Explanation Explains the comman...

Page 642: ...have been set as the printer ID at the time of shipment from the factory 3 In IrDA TEC Protocol the printer checks the set ID against the ID in the received command packet If they do not match the printer discards the command packet However when the ID in the command packet is 0 the printer accepts the command packet without checking the set IDs 4 In case of the wireless LAN model the printer s ID...

Page 643: ...nd ESC POS 2 Automatic status response in IrDA IrCOMM or USB is the function for the specifications which do not allow the printer to spontaneously send the status through IrDA IrCOMM or USB This function enables the printer to forcefully send the status to the host if the link between the printer and the host is established However if the link between the printer and the host is not established u...

Page 644: ... changed by the printer itself However since the setting for the automatic status response in IrDA IrCOMM or USB cannot be changed the setting remains as the same 7 The print position detection feed is performed according to the conditions such as label pitch fine adjustment and sensor selection which were set in the LABEL or TPCL mode before the printer is operated in the RECEIPT RECEIPT1 or ESC ...

Page 645: ...elected in the mode select command and the print position detection feed parameter is set 0 not performed and if an error occurs while the printer issues in RECEIPT1 or ESC POS mode the print mode is changed to the LABEL or TPCL mode after the error is cleared The mode select command is executed ...

Page 646: ...0 1 mm units c Indicates the direction of the strip position forward or backward Backward Forward ddd Fine adjustment value for strip position 000 to 030 In Forward a fine adjustment is to be made between 000 and 020 e Reserved area Fixed at ff Reserved area Fixed at 00 g Reserved area Omissible hhh Reserved area Omissible In compatible mode for the B SP series a Indicates the direction forward or...

Page 647: ...ue set in the SYSTEM mode through printer key operations However the maximum value is 50 0 mm When the sum exceeds 50 0 mm the value is corrected to 50 0 mm when printing is performed 5 The fine adjustment value for strip position is valid only when the compatible mode for the B SP series is turned off in the SYSTEM mode When the parameter a is set to any value other than or a command error occurs...

Page 648: ...position where the distance between the leading edge of the strip plate and the trailing edge of the label is 2 35 mm regardless of gap length Note that this applies unless the fine adjustment value for print position is set y When the print stop position is not appropriate the stop position must be changed using strip position fine adjustment 2 35 mm 3 mm to 7 mm 0 0 mm 2 0 mm 3 0 mm 0 0 mm 2 0 m...

Page 649: ...d to 50 0 mm during printing When the sum of the fine adjustment value for strip position exceeds 3 0 mm in the backward direction or 2 0 mm in the forward direction the fine adjustment value is corrected to 3 0 mm or 2 0 mm respectively during printing 5 Strip position fine adjustment is effective only in strip issue mode 6 The fine adjustment value for strip position up to V1 0C is valid only wh...

Page 650: ... Auto Divided by 2 3 or 6 1 Reserved When designated automatic selection of bipartite tripartite 6 partite division is performed 2 Reserved When designated automatic selection of bipartite tripartite 6 partite division is performed 3 Auto1 Not divided Divided by 2 3 or 6 4 Divided by 6 Fixed Explanation 1 The standard density is finely adjusted to increase or decrease 2 When any fine adjustment va...

Page 651: ...he print speed although the print is slightly faded 7 When 0 Auto is designated on the 4 inch print head Divided by 2 Divided by 3 or Divided by 6 is automatically selected for every line according to the print ratio The width of half a dot may not be printed on the line when switching among Divided by 2 Divided by 3 and Divided by 6 Therefore do not designate 0 Auto when a serial barcode is print...

Page 652: ...tch mode 3 Fixed to the strip mode 4 Reserved Notes 1 The set parameter value is backed up and kept until a new value is set using this command When the power is turned on the backed up value is retrieved and set 2 0 Operation in conformance with the strip sensor has been set as the default at the time of shipment from the factory 3 When either 2 Fixed to the batch mode or 3 Fixed to the strip mod...

Page 653: ...ecified the printer returns the status 34H 30H After this status is received the next command may be sent In IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB Bluetooth or Wireless LAN the printer does not return the status 4 To use IrDA interface for sending this command to the printer only this command should be sent After the command is sent the link should be terminated Even if the host does not terminate the link ...

Page 654: ...n receiving this command the printer sends the printer status and battery status to the host For IrDA TEC Protocol Data to be sent Fixed at 27 bytes STX Printer ID Version No of each form Printer status Battery status CRC 02H xxH xxH V01 V02 V20 xxH xxH xxH xxH For IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth Wireless LAN Data to be sent Fixed at 5 bytes STX Printer ID Printer status Battery stat...

Page 655: ... full state 0FH Wait for strip Only in the LABEL mode 10H Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 14H Pause state 19H Ambient temperature error 32H Abnormal battery temperature 33H Battery excessive temperature 37H Charging error 38H Bluetooth setting successfully completed 39H Bluetooth setup error including initialization error 45H Wait for battery recovery 46H Wait fo...

Page 656: ...recovery wait for print head motor temperature reduction 0CH Communication error For RECEIPT mode RS 232C connection only 0DH Normal end Label end 0EH Flash ROM storage area full state 10H Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 37H Charging error 38H Bluetooth setting successfully completed 39H Bluetooth setup error including initialization error Battery status The batt...

Page 657: ...atch waiting to be printed is transmitted IrDA TEC Protocol STX ID ID Status Remaining No of labels CRC 02H xxH xxH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH xxH XXH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth Wireless LAN SOH STX Status Remaining No of labels ETX EOT CR LF 01H 02H 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 3xH 03H 04H 0DH 0AH Remaining No of labels 0000 to 9999 Status type 1 31H Status Request Command 2 32H Au...

Page 658: ...ery excessive temperature 36 Low battery 37 Charging error 38 Bluetooth setting successfully completed Not returned when the Status Request Command is used 39 Bluetooth setup error including initialization error 40 Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 41 Normal feed end Response status for automatic status transmission 45 Wait for battery recovery 46 Wait for print he...

Page 659: ...urned when the Status Request Command is used 39 Bluetooth setup error including initialization error 40 Normal issue end Response status for automatic status transmission 41 Normal feed end Response status for automatic status transmission 50 Flash ROM write error 51 Flash ROM erase error 54 Flash ROM storage area full state Notes 1 The status is returned only to the interface which sent this com...

Page 660: ...C Bluetooth Wireless LAN STX Mode information 16 bytes S Y S T E M SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 02H 53H 59H 53H 54H 45H 4DH 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H TPCL mode IrDA TEC Protocol STX Mode information 16 bytes CRC CRC S Y S T E M SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP 02H 53H 59H 53H 54H 45H 4DH 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H xxH xxH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth Wirel...

Page 661: ...er it is entered SYSTEM When the password setting is off SYSTEM TPCL strip issue mode TPCL S TPCL1 strip issue mode TPCL1 S LABEL strip issue mode LABEL S indicates a space When the compatible mode for the B SP series is off TPCL mode TPCL LE TPCL1 mode TPCL LE1 LABEL mode LABEL RECEIPT mode RECEIPT RECEIPT1 mode RECEIPT1 ESC POS mode ESC POS Online reset menu USER SYSTEM SYSTEM mode for users PAU...

Page 662: ...IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN STX Printer serial No 02H 32 bytes TPCL mode IrDA TEC Protocol STX Printer serial No CRC CRC 02H 32 bytes XXH XXH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN SOH STX Printer serial No ETX EOT CR LF 01H 02H 32 bytes 03H 04H 0DH 0AH When the printer serial No is 2308M000001 32H 33H 30H 38H 4DH 30H 30H 30H 30H 30H 31H 00H...

Page 663: ... be sent when IrDA TEC Protocol is used STX Bluetooth device address CRC 02H 12 bytes xxH xxH Information field to be sent when IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN is used STX Bluetooth device address 02H 12 bytes TPCL mode Information field to be sent when IrDA TEC Protocol is used STX Bluetooth device address CRC 02H 12 bytes xxH xxH Information field to be sent when Ir...

Page 664: ... LABEL mode Mode 0 RECEIPT mode Mode 1 or RECEIPT1 mode Mode 2 the printer returns 38H setting completed when the processing for the Bluetooth module is completed successfully and returns 39H setting error when failed In the TPCL mode Mode A or TPCL1 mode Mode B the printer returns 38 setting completed when the setting for the Bluetooth module is completed and returns 39 setting error when failed ...

Page 665: ...When the Bluetooth installed in the printer is replaced start the printer in the SYSTEM mode and then turn the power off Doing this makes the parameter effective 4 This command can be sent from either the Bluetooth interface or the IrDA interface When the printer power is not turned off then on after sending the command via either interface and command transmission is performed via a different int...

Page 666: ... improving the connectivity the printer s power consumption will be increased Also compared with the printer which is used with the factory default setting the standby time and the number of issues will be decreased 3 This setting becomes effective when the printer is restarted after the parameter is set and the printer power is turned off properly 4 In the LABEL mode Mode 0 RECEIPT mode Mode 1 or...

Page 667: ...g for the Bluetooth module is completed successfully and returns 39H setting error when failed In the TPCL mode Mode A or TPCL1 mode Mode B the printer returns 38 setting completed when the setting for the Bluetooth module is completed and returns 39 setting error when failed 2 Up to 10 BD addresses can be set by this command If 11th BD address is set the first one is automatically deleted 3 If th...

Page 668: ...he BD adderss of the destination 10 Alphanumeric characters of 0 to 9 A to Z and a to z can be used for a PIN code 11 The B EP GH32 only accepts 12 bytes of in the case of BD address of unspecified destination as BD address of the destination If 12 byte ASCII characters 0 to 9 and A to F in the case of BD address of specific destination are set a syntax error occurs and the BD address is not set E...

Page 669: ...turns 39 setting error when failed 3 An error status is returned when the designated BD address does not exist in the bonding table as well as a deletion of the table from the flash ROM cannot be performed properly 4 When Delete all is designated the registered BD addresses are all deleted When the BD address of unspecified destination was set in the bonding setting they can be deleted only by des...

Page 670: ...luetooth module is completed and returns 39 setting error when failed 2 In the system mode No security is designated regardless of this security setting In addition Bluetooth connection is not enabled on the B EP GH32 in the system mode 3 This setting becomes effective when the printer is restarted after the parameter is set and the printer power is turned off properly 4 When 2 Reserved is specifi...

Page 671: ...d regardless of the security setting Bonding setting Security setting Bluetooth version of the host Operation Unregistered None V2 0 or before Default PIN code 1234 is used Unregistered Link level security Default PIN code 1234 is used Registered None Registered PIN code is used Registered Link level security Registered PIN code is used Unregistered Registered None Link level security V1 2 EDR or ...

Page 672: ...uiry timer 0 30H Inquiry is not possible 1 31H Inquiry is possible only within 60 seconds after a printer power on 2 32H Inquiry is possible at anytime Security setting 1 31H No security 2 32H No security 3 33H Link level security is effective Bluetooth device name CRC CRC 32 bytes xxH xxH Bluetooth device name Fixed at 32 bytes When the Bluetooth device name is TOSHIBA TEC BT 54H 4FH 53H 48H 49H ...

Page 673: ...2H No security 3 33H Link level security is effective Bluetooth device name CRC CRC 32 bytes xxH xxH Bluetooth device name Fixed at 32 bytes When the Bluetooth device name is TOSHIBA TEC BT 54H 4FH 53H 48H 49H 42H 41H 20H 54H 45H 43H 20H 42H 54H 00H 00H T O S H I B A T E C B T 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H When the Bluetooth device name is less than 32 bytes the r...

Page 674: ...ing down the FEED or PAUSE key 10 11 3 AUTO POWER OFF FUNCTION DURING SETTING Not performed 10 11 4 HOW TO CHECK EACH SETUP MODE Setup mode check is conducted by printing self test results For details refer to the Key Operation Specification 10 11 5 OTHER The printer does not enter into the power save mode during the setup mode If the setting is the same as before it is not written into flash ROM ...

Page 675: ...CHAPTER 11 OTHER FUNCTIONS B EP Series 11 1 11 OTHER FUNCTIONS 11 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION This chapter describes details regarding the individual functions of the printer ...

Page 676: ...the same label as the last one issued is printed out by pressing the FEED key When the FEED key is pressed if no label has been printed the specified label pitch length of one label is fed If no sensor is designated a 20 mm feed is performed If an error occurs key entries are ignored However the drawing buffer data is kept until the next Data Print Command is received Therefore after the error is ...

Page 677: ...rinting If the sensor is designated the printer performs a feed to position the label at the first print position then continues printing When the cover is closed if the printer has run out of the paper the printer neither clears the error nor continues printing It remains in the error state 11 6 AUTOMATIC LABEL PRINT POSITIONING AT POWER ON TIME 11 6 1 DESTINED FOR JAPAN Not applicable 11 6 2 DES...

Page 678: ...er setting printout B EP2DL 11 9 STRIP ISSUE MODE 1 In TPCL mode mode A TPCL1 mode mode B or LABEL mode mode 0 the specified number of labels are printed Note that a next print job is not performed until the printed label is removed from the strip shaft If the FEED key is pressed in the strip wait status stripping will be performed forcibly In other words this is the same state as the media is rem...

Page 679: ...ket communications Upon receipt of the Status Request Command the printer sends the latest status indicating its current state to the host computer regardless of the status response parameter setting and regardless of whether the automatic status transmission is enabled for the IrDA IrCOMM or USB interface The remaining count indicates the remaining print count of the batch currently in progress o...

Page 680: ...cified number of labels the printer returns the strip wait status to the host If the Status Request Command is sent while a label is being printed or issued the strip wait status is returned Status in ESC POS mode Similarly a response is returned to the Status Request command commonly used by the B EP series in ESC POS mode However any status transmission will not be performed after the completion...

Page 681: ... xxH xxH xxH IrDA IrCOMM IrDA IrOBEX USB RS 232C Bluetooth or wireless LAN interface Data to be transmitted fixed at 5 bytes STX Printer ID Printer status Battery status 02H xxH xxH xxH xxH Printer ID 2 byte hex data from High to Low Printer status 1 byte data representing the printer status Battery status A battery charging condition is represented in 5 levels CRC 2 byte hex data from Low to High...

Page 682: ...type 33H This indicates a status with free space of the receive buffer included 3XH 3XH 3XH Remaining count 3XH Remaining print count 0000 0 label tag to 9999 9999 labels tags 32H Length 32H Total number of bytes of this status block 22 22 bytes 3XH 3XH 3XH 3XH Free space of receive buffer 3XH Free space of the receive buffer 00000 0K byte to 00512 512K bytes However the maximum value should be eq...

Page 683: ...of the receive buffer included 3XH 3XH 3XH Remaining count 3XH Remaining print count 0000 0 label tag to 9999 9999 labels tags 32H Length 33H Total number of bytes of this status block 23 23 bytes 3XH 3XH 3XH 3XH Free space of receive buffer 3XH Free space of the receive buffer 00000 0K byte to 00512 512K bytes However the maximum value should be equal to the receive buffer capacity 30H 30H 35H 31...

Page 684: ... 2 COVER OPEN The front cover was opened in the online mode 01 14H 3 PAUSE The printer is in a pause state 04 0CH 0CH 4 COMMS ERROR A parity error overrun error or framing error has occurred during communication through the RS 232C interface 03H 03H 5 PAPER JAM A paper jam has occurred during a paper feed 11 11 04H 04H 6 NO PAPER The paper has run out 13 13 0DH 0DH 7 NO PAPER A label has been comp...

Page 685: ...d from a place other than the boundary of the word data c Long word data has been accessed from a place other than the boundary of the long word data d The logical area ranging from 80000000H to FFFFFFFFH has been accessed in user mode e An undefined command in a place other than the delay slot has been decoded f An undefined command in the delay slot has been decoded g A command which rewrites th...

Page 686: ...formation are being registered 30 SSP AUTH FAILED 2 Bluetooth pairing failed This message is displayed when SSP authentication is rejected by the host 00H 00 1 LABEL mode only when connected through the RS 232C IrCOMM or Bluetooth interface 2 No 30 SSP AUTH FAILED is displayed only when the printer model is B EP GH32 and SSP authentication type is set to Display Only or Display Yes No of Numeric C...

Page 687: ...e front cover was opened in the online mode 01H 01 3 PAUSE The printer is in a pause state 0BH 02 4 COMMS ERROR A parity error overrun error or framing error has occurred during communication through the RS 232C interface 0CH 0CH 5 PAPER JAM A paper jam has occurred during a paper feed 03H 03H 11 11 6 NO PAPER The paper has run out 04H 04H 13 13 7 NO PAPER A label has been completed normally and t...

Page 688: ...d from a place other than the boundary of the word data c Long word data has been accessed from a place other than the boundary of the long word data d The logical area ranging from 80000000H to FFFFFFFFH has been accessed in user mode e An undefined command in a place other than the delay slot has been decoded f An undefined command in the delay slot has been decoded g A command which rewrites th...

Page 689: ...formation are being registered 30 SSP AUTH FAILED 2 Bluetooth pairing failed This message is displayed when SSP authentication is rejected by the host 00H 00 1 LABEL mode only when connected through the RS 232C IrCOMM or Bluetooth interface 2 No 30 SSP AUTH FAILED is displayed only when the printer model is B EP GH32 and SSP authentication type is set to Display Only or Display Yes No of Numeric C...

Page 690: ...er has run out Yes Yes 8 COVER OPEN A feed or an issue was attempted with the print head opened except the PAUSE key Yes Yes 9 HEAD ERROR A broken element has been found on the thermal head Yes Yes 10 EXCESS HEAD TEMP The print head temperature has exceeded 71 C No Yes 11 SAVING In writable character or PC command save mode Yes 12 FORMAT ERROR An erase error has occurred in formatting the flash RO...

Page 691: ...ction function is active Yes 22 WAITING HEAD The print head protection function is active Yes 23 WAITING MOTOR The motor protection function is active Yes 24 BT INIT ERROR The initialization of Bluetooth failed No Yes 25 BT SETTING ERROR There is an error in the Bluetooth setting No Yes 26 CHARGE ERROR An error occurred while the battery was recharged No Yes 27 Ir PACKET ERROR A block number error...

Page 692: ...o be printed 0001 to 9999 in units of 1 label tag Remaining memory capacity of PC save area in the flash memory 0 to 3 200 in K bytes Remaining memory capacity of writable character basic files forms graphics storage area in the flash memory 0 to 3 200 in K bytes System error No 00 to 21 Charging error No 1 to 5 11 13 LIST OF CHARGING ERROR NO AND DETAILS No Description Cause 1 Battery ID error It...

Page 693: ...FLASH ZU KLEIN 14 MEM INSUFFISANTE 15 EEPROM ERROR 15 EEPROM FEHLER 15 ERREUR EEPROM 16 LOW BATTERY 16 BATTERY SCHWACH 16 BATTERIE FAIBLE 17 AMBIENT TEMP ERR 17 TEMP FEHLER 17 ERR TEMP EXTER 18 BATT TEMP ERROR 18 BATT TEMP FEHLER 18 ERR TEMP BATT 19 HIGH VOLT ERROR 19 HIGH VOLT FEHLER 19 HIGH VOLT ERROR 20 SYSTEM ERROR 20 SYSTEM FEHLER 20 ERR SYSTEME 21 WAITING BATT 21 WAITING BATT 21 ATTENTE BATT...

Page 694: ...ARD PIENA 15 EEPROM ERROR 15 EEPROM ERROR 15 EEPROM ERROR 16 LAGE BATTERIJ 16 BATERIA BAJA 16 LOW BATTERY 17 OMGEVNG TMP FOUT 17 TEMP AMBIEN ALTA 17 AMBIENT TEMP ERR 18 FOUT BATT TEMP 18 ERR TEMP BATERIA 18 BATT TEMP ERROR 19 HIGH VOLT ERROR 19 ERR VOLT BATERIA 19 ERRORE VOLT BATT 20 SYSTEEM FOUT 20 ERR DE SISTEMA 20 ERR SISTEMA 21 Wachten BATT 21 ESPERA BATERIA 21 ATTESA BATT 22 Wachten HEAD 22 E...

Page 695: ...CHAPTER 11 OTHER FUNCTIONS B EP Series 11 21 No JAPANESE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 The Japanese messages are omitted here ...

Page 696: ...s of the printer However the result of this function differs depending on the Bluetooth module version Bluetooth module Firmware LCD message Version Self restoration and BD address updating Version Recovery of BD address V244 Not supported V1 2 only Supported SYSTEM ERROR 18 V1 3 or later Not supported 1 ON LINE 3 V257 Supported V1 2 or later Supported SYSTEM ERROR 18 or SYSTEM ERROR 19 2 1 The fi...

Page 697: ... follows When the printer power is turned on a message BT Initializing is displayed on the LCD and a recovery of the bonding table information is performed After the recovery is successfully completed SYSTEM ERROR 19 is displayed on the LCD After the printer is turned off and back to on the printer starts up in the online mode and enables normal operations Even when there is not the bonding table ...

Page 698: ...red information for an occurrence of failure shown Recovery processing Bonding table and the BD address Recovery successfully completed BT Initializing is displayed on the LCD SYSTEM ERROR 18 is displayed on the LCD SYSTEM ERROR 19 is displayed on the LCD Power OFF END No Yes No Yes Is the Bluetooth module version V257 or later No Yes ...

Page 699: ...ng the vertical coordinate while the low bytes are plotted along the horizontal coordinate The number of digits for the horizontal coordinate is fixed to 1 digit Therefore when the number of digits for the vertical coordinate is 1 the character is a 1 byte character 2 digit hexadecimal In the same way when the vertical coordinate is 3 or 5 digits the character is a 2 byte character 4 digit hexadec...

Page 700: ... k ï ø Ù C L l î ý D M m ì Ø Ý E N n Ä Ì g F O _ o Å ƒ When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 2 PC 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p Ç É á C α 1 1 A Q a q ü æ í β 2 2 B R b r é Æ ó Γ 3 3 C S c s â ô ú π 4 4 D T d t ä ö ñ Σ 5 5 E U e u à ò Ñ σ 6 6 F V f v å û x µ 7 7 G W g w ç ù...

Page 701: ...de code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 4 PC 857 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p Ç É á C Ó 1 1 A Q a q ü æ í ß 2 2 B R b r é Æ ó Ê Ô 3 3 C S c s â ô ú Ë Ò 4 4 D T d t ä ö ñ È õ 5 5 E U e u à ò Ñ Á Õ 6 6 F V f v å û Â ã Í µ 7 7 G W g w ç ù À Ã Î 8 8 H X h x ê Ï 9 9 I Y i y ë Ö Ú A J Z j z è Ü Û B K k ï ø Ù C L l î ì D M m Ø ÿ E N n ...

Page 702: ... Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 6 PC 855 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n g F O _ o When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM ...

Page 703: ...ß When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 8 PC 1251 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u µ 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o When any Japanese message is selected in ...

Page 704: ...í ý E N n Î Þ î þ F O _ o Ï ß ï ÿ When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 10 PC 1253 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s ƒ 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u µ 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o When a...

Page 705: ... o Ï ß ï ÿ When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 12 PC 1257 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s Ó ó 4 4 D T d t Ä ä 5 5 E U e u µ Å Õ å õ 6 6 F V f v Ö ö 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x Ø ø 9 9 I Y i y É é A J Z j z B K k C L l Ü ü D M m E N n F O _ o...

Page 706: ... Ý í ý E N n Î Þ î þ F O _ o Ï ß ï ÿ When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 14 Arabic 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o When any...

Page 707: ... C D E F 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ 6 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z C28 C29 C2A a C2B µ o C38 À Á Â Ã Ä Å Æ Ç È É Ê Ë Ì Í Î Ï C39 Ð Ñ Ò Ó Ô Õ Ö Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ý Þ ß C3A à á â ã ä å æ ç è é ê ë ì í î ï C3B ð ñ ò ó ô õ ö ø ù ú û ü ý þ ÿ C48 C49 Ð C4A C4B ı C68 Ð C69 ƒ C6A Σ C6B C98 C99 C9A C9B φ CA8 CA9 CAA CAB ...

Page 708: ...E B EP Series 12 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F CB8 CB9 CBA CBB CC8 CC9 CCA CCB CE8 CE9 Γ Θ CEA Σ Φ Ω CEB α β δ ε µ CF8 π σ τ φ CF9 CFA CFB E2809 E281B η E282A Pt E2889 E288A E2898 E289A E28C9 E28CA E296A E5808 ...

Page 709: ... be printed but 0xCEB2 β is printed 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ 6 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z C28 C29 C2A a C2B µ o C38 À Á Â Ã Ä Å Æ Ç È É Ê Ë Ì Í Î Ï C39 Ð Ñ Ò Ó Ô Õ Ö Ø Ù Ú Û Ü Ý Þ ß C3A à á â ã ä å æ ç è é ê ë ì í î ï C3B ð ñ ò ó ô õ ö ø ù ú û ü ý þ ÿ C48 C49 Ð ...

Page 710: ...PTER 12 CHARACTER CODE TABLE B EP Series 12 12 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F CA8 CA9 CAA CAB CB8 CB9 CBA CBB CC8 CC9 CCA CCB CE8 CE9 CEA CEB µ E2809 E281B E282A E2889 E28CA E296A E5808 ...

Page 711: ...n any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 2 PC 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P P C 1 1 A Q A Q 2 2 B R B R 3 3 C S C S 4 4 D T D T 5 5 E U E U 6 6 F V F V 7 7 G W G W 8 8 H X H X 9 9 I Y I Y A J Z J Z B K K C L L D M M E N N F O _ O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM...

Page 712: ...YSTEM mode code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 4 PC 851 PC 855 PC 1250 PC 1251 PC 1257 Arabic 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P P C 1 1 A Q A Q 2 2 B R B R 3 3 C S C S 4 4 D T D T 5 5 E U E U 6 6 F V F V 7 7 G W G W 8 8 H X H X 9 9 I Y I Y A J Z J Z B K K C L L D M M E N N F O _ O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mo...

Page 713: ...ge is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 6 PC 1253 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P P C 1 1 A Q A Q 2 2 B R B R 3 3 C S C S 4 4 D T D T 5 5 E U E U 6 6 F V F V 7 7 G W G W 8 8 H X H X 9 9 I Y I Y A J Z J Z B K K C L L D M M E N N F O _ O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH in...

Page 714: ...U 6 6 F V F V 7 7 G W G W 8 8 H X H X 9 9 I Y I Y A J Z J Z B K K C L L D M M E N N F O _ O 8 UTF 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ 6 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z C28 C29 C2A C2B CB8 CB9 CBA CBB CC8 CC9 CCA CCB E2809 E281B E282A E2889 ...

Page 715: ...D T 5 5 E U 6 6 F V 7 7 G W 8 8 H X 9 9 I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates 2 PC 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P 1 1 A Q 2 2 B R 3 3 C S 4 4 D T 5 5 E U 6 6 F V 7 7 G W 8 8 H X 9 9 I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates ...

Page 716: ... I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates 4 PC 851 PC 855 PC 1250 PC 1251 PC 1257 Arabic 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P 1 1 A Q 2 2 B R 3 3 C S 4 4 D T 5 5 E U 6 6 F V 7 7 G W 8 8 H X 9 9 I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates ...

Page 717: ...F V 7 7 G W 8 8 H X 9 9 I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates 6 PC 1253 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P 1 1 A Q 2 2 B R 3 3 C S 4 4 D T 5 5 E U 6 6 F V 7 7 G W 8 8 H X 9 9 I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates ...

Page 718: ...3 C S 4 4 D T 5 5 E U 6 6 F V 7 7 G W 8 8 H X 9 9 I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates 8 UTF 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 6 7 C28 C29 C2A C2B ...

Page 719: ...M E N F O The size of the numerals of codes 80h 89h are reduced to 80 When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates 2 PC 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P 0 1 1 A Q 1 2 2 B R 2 3 3 C S 3 4 4 D T 4 5 5 E U 5 6 6 F V 6 7 7 G W 7 8 8 H X 8 9 9 I Y 9 A J Z B K C L D M E N F O The size of the numerals of codes 80h 89h are reduced to 80 When any Japanese message is se...

Page 720: ...odes 80h 89h are reduced to 80 When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates 4 PC 851 PC 855 PC 1250 PC 1251 PC 1257 Arabic 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P 0 1 1 A Q 1 2 2 B R 2 3 3 C S 3 4 4 D T 4 5 5 E U 5 6 6 F V 6 7 7 G W 7 8 8 H X 8 9 9 I Y 9 A J Z B K C L D M E N F O The size of the numerals of codes 80h 89h are reduced to 80 When any Japanese message is s...

Page 721: ...e size of the numerals of codes 80h 89h are reduced to 80 When any Japanese message is selected in the SYSTEM mode code 5CH indicates 6 PC 1253 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P 0 1 1 A Q 1 2 2 B R 2 3 3 C S 3 4 4 D T 4 5 5 E U 5 6 6 F V 6 7 7 G W 7 8 8 H X 8 9 9 I Y 9 A J Z B K C L D M E N F O The size of the numerals of codes 80h 89h are reduced to 80 When any Japanese message is selected in...

Page 722: ...ER 12 CHARACTER CODE TABLE B EP Series 12 24 7 UTF 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 6 7 C28 C29 C2A C2B ...

Page 723: ...er than UTF 8 PC 850 PC 852 PC 857 PC 8 PC 851 PC 855 PC 1250 PC 1251 PC 1252 PC 1253 PC 1254 PC 1257 LATIN9 Arabic PC 866 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o The shaded parts are Japanese They are omitted here ...

Page 724: ... 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ 6 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z C28 C29 C2A C2B C38 C39 Ñ C3A C3B ñ C48 C49 Ð C4A C4B ı CB8 CB9 CBA CBB CC8 CC9 CCA CCB E2809 E281B E282A E2889 EFBDA EFBDB EFBE8 EFBE9 The shaded parts are Japanese They are omitted here ...

Page 725: ... PC 1251 PC 1252 PC 1253 PC 1254 PC 1257 LATIN9 Arabic PC 866 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o The shaded parts are Japanese They are omitted here The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode ...

Page 726: ... 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ 6 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z C28 C29 C2A C2B C38 C39 Ñ C3A C3B ñ C48 C49 Ð C4A C4B ı CB8 CB9 CBA CBB CC8 CC9 CCA CCB E2809 E281B E282A E2889 EFBDA EFBDB EFBE8 EFBE9 The shaded parts are Japanese They are omitted here ...

Page 727: ...r 1 Other than UTF 8 PC 850 PC 852 PC 857 PC 8 PC 851 PC 855 PC 1250 PC 1251 PC 1252 PC 1253 PC 1254 PC 1257 LATIN9 Arabic PC 866 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o ...

Page 728: ...0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ 6 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z C28 C29 C2A C2B C38 C39 Ñ C3A C3B ñ C48 C49 Ð C4A C4B ı CB8 CB9 CBA CBB CC8 CC9 CCA CCB E2809 E281B E282A E2889 EFBDA EFBDB EFBE8 EFBE9 The shaded parts are Japanese They are omitted here ...

Page 729: ...s 1 Other than UTF 8 PC 850 PC 852 PC 857 PC 8 PC 851 PC 855 PC 1250 PC 1251 PC 1252 PC 1253 PC 1254 PC 1257 LATIN9 Arabic PC 866 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o ...

Page 730: ...0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ 6 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z C28 C29 C2A C2B C38 C39 Ñ C3A C3B ñ C48 C49 Ð C4A C4B ı CB8 CB9 CBA CBB CC8 CC9 CCA CCB E2809 E281B E282A E2889 EFBDA EFBDB EFBE8 EFBE9 The shaded parts are Japanese They are omitted here ...

Page 731: ... UTF 8 PC 850 PC 852 PC 857 PC 8 PC 851 PC 855 PC 1250 PC 1251 PC 1252 PC 1253 PC 1254 PC 1257 LATIN9 Arabic PC 866 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 A B C D E F 2 UTF 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 C28 C29 C2A C2B ...

Page 732: ...2 PC 857 PC 8 PC 851 PC 855 PC 1250 PC 1251 PC 1252 PC 1253 PC 1254 PC 1257 LATIN9 Arabic PC 866 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 A B C D E F Code 5CH for indicates in the international setting 2 UTF 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 C28 C29 C2A C2B E5868 円 ...

Page 733: ...i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o The shaded parts are Japanese They are omitted here 2 When any message other than Japanese is selected in the SYSTEM mode 2 1 PC 850 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p Ç É á C 1 1 A Q a q ü æ í C ß 2 2 B R b r é Æ ó 3 3 C S c s â ô ú 4 4 D T d t ä ö ñ õ 5 5 E U e u à ò Ñ 6 6 F V f v å û ã µ 7 7 G W g w ç ù 8 8 H X h x ê ÿ 9 9 I Y i y ë Ö A J Z j z...

Page 734: ...ë Ö Θ A J Z j z è Ü Ω B K k ï δ C L l î x D M m ì 2 E N n Ä Pt ε g F O _ o Å ƒ The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 2 3 PC 852 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p Ç É á C 1 1 A Q a q ü í C ß 2 2 B R b r é ó 3 3 C S c s â ô ú 4 4 D T d t ä ö 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w ç 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y ë Ö A J Z j z Ü B K k C L l î D M m E N ˆ n Ä g F O _...

Page 735: ...ë Ö A J Z j z è Ü B K k ï ø C L l î ì D M m Ø ÿ E N ˆ n Ä g F O _ o Å The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 2 5 PC 851 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p Ç C 1 1 A Q a q ü C 2 2 B R b r é 3 3 C S c s â ô 4 4 D T d t ä ö 5 5 E U e u à 6 6 F V f v û 7 7 G W g w ç ù 8 8 H X h x ê 9 9 I Y i y ë Ö A J Z j z è Ü B K k Ï C L l î D M m E N n Ä g F O _ o The Euro...

Page 736: ...k C L l D M m E N n g F O _ o The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 2 7 PC 1250 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C 1 1 A Q a q C á 2 2 B R b r â 3 3 C S c s ó 4 4 D T d t Ä ä ô 5 5 E U e u µ 6 6 F V f v Ö ö 7 7 G W g w Ç ç 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y É é A J Z j z ú B K k ë C L l Ü ü D M m Í E N n Î F O _ o ß The Euro code B0H can be changed in the paramet...

Page 737: ... n F O _ o The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 2 9 PC 1252 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C à 1 1 A Q a q C Ñ á ñ 2 2 B R b r â ò 3 3 C S c s ƒ ã ó 4 4 D T d t Ä ä ô 5 5 E U e u µ Å å õ 6 6 F V f v Æ Ö æ ö 7 7 G W g w Ç ç 8 8 H X h x Ø è ø 9 9 I Y i y é ù A J Z j z ê ú B K k ë û C L l Ü ì ü D M m í E N n î F O _ o ß ï ÿ The Euro code B0H can be cha...

Page 738: ... n F O _ o The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 2 11 PC 1254 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C à 1 1 A Q a q C Ñ á ñ 2 2 B R b r â ò 3 3 C S c s ƒ ã ó 4 4 D T d t Ä ä ô 5 5 E U e u µ Å å õ 6 6 F V f v Æ Ö æ ö 7 7 G W g w Ç ç 8 8 H X h x Ø è ø 9 9 I Y i y É é ù A J Z j z ê ú B K k ë û C L l Ü ì ü D M m í E N n î F O _ o ß Ï ÿ The Euro code B0H can be ...

Page 739: ... ü D M m E N n F O _ o Æ æ ß The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode 2 13 LATIN9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C à 1 1 A Q a q C Ñ á ñ 2 2 B R b r â ò 3 3 C S c s ã ó 4 4 D T d t Ä ä ô 5 5 E U e u µ Å å õ 6 6 F V f v Æ Ö æ ö 7 7 G W g w Ç ç 8 8 H X h x Ø è ø 9 9 I Y i y É é ù A J Z j z ê ú B K k ë û C L l Ü ì ü D M m í E N n î F O _ o ß Ï ÿ The Euro c...

Page 740: ... 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 P p C 1 1 A Q a q C 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o The Euro code B0H can be changed in the parameter setting in the SYSTEM mode ...

Page 741: ... 7 8 9 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O 5 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ 6 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o 7 p q r s t u v w x y z C280 C290 C2A0 a C2B0 µ o C380 Ä Å Æ Ç É C390 Ñ Ö Ø Ü ß C3A0 à á â ã ä å æ ç è é ê ë ì í î ï C3B0 ñ ò ó ô õ ö ø ù ú û ü ÿ C680 C690 ƒ C6A0 Σ C6B0 C980 C990 C9A0 C9B0 φ CB80 ˆ CB90 CBA0 CBB0 CC80 CC90 CCA0 CCB0 ...

Page 742: ...12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F CE80 CE90 Γ Θ CEA0 Σ Φ Ω CEB0 α β δ ε µ CF80 π σ τ φ CF90 CFA0 CFB0 E2809 E281B n E282A Pt E2889 E288A E2898 E289A E28C9 E28CA E296A E5868 EFBDA EFBDB EFBE8 EFBE9 The shaded parts are Japanese They are omitted here ...

Page 743: ...r than UTF 8 PC 850 PC 852 PC 857 PC 8 PC 851 PC 855 PC 1250 PC 1251 PC 1252 PC 1253 PC 1254 PC 1257 LATIN9 Arabic PC 866 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 A B C D E F 2 UTF 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 E5868 ...

Page 744: ... TABLE B EP Series 16 1 16 BARCODE TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE TABLE 16 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION This chapter provides the barcode two dimensional code tables Note that some barcodes two dimensional codes are not supported depending on the print mode ...

Page 745: ...erleaved 2 of 5 ITF MSI Industrial 2 of 5 RSS 14 RSS 14 Stacked RSS 14 Stacked Omni directional RSS Limited EAN13 2 digits EAN13 5 digits UPC E 2 digits UPC E 5 digits EAN8 2 digits EAN8 5 digits UPC A 2 digits UPC A 5 digits WPC JAN EAN UPC ITF MSI UCC EAN128 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 A B C D E F ...

Page 746: ...CHAPTER 16 BARCODE TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE TABLE B EP Series 16 3 16 3 CUSTOMER BARCODE 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 P 1 1 A Q 2 2 B R 3 3 C S 4 4 D T 5 5 E U 6 6 F V 7 7 G W 8 8 H X 9 9 I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O ...

Page 747: ...L CODE TABLE B EP Series 16 4 16 4 POSTNET 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 A B C D E F 16 5 RM4SCC 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 P 1 1 A Q 2 2 B R 3 3 C S 4 4 D T 5 5 E U 6 6 F V 7 7 G W 8 8 H X 9 9 I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O ...

Page 748: ... p 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O o NOTE in the above table is used only as the start stop codes It should not be included in the middle of data In this case a barcode is not drawn ...

Page 749: ...CHAPTER 16 BARCODE TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE TABLE B EP Series 16 6 16 7 CODE39 Standard 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 SP 0 P 1 1 A Q 2 2 B R 3 3 C S 4 4 D T 5 5 E U 6 6 F V 7 7 G W 8 8 H X 9 9 I Y A J Z B K C L D M E N F O ...

Page 750: ... W P 1 1 A Q a q 1 A 1 A Q A Q 2 2 B R b r 2 B 2 B R B R 3 3 C S c s 3 C 3 C S C S 4 4 D T d t 4 D 4 D T D T 5 5 E U e u 5 E 5 E U E U 6 6 F V f v 6 F 6 F V F V 7 7 G W g w 7 G 7 G W G W 8 8 H X h x 8 H 8 H X H X 9 9 I Y i y 9 I 9 I Y I Y A J Z j z A J Z J Z J Z B K k B K F K K K P C L l C L G L L L Q D M m D H M M M R E N n E I N N N S F O _ o F O J O O O T ...

Page 751: ...CHAPTER 16 BARCODE TWO DIMENSIONAL CODE TABLE B EP Series 16 8 16 9 NW 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 SP 0 1 1 A a 2 2 B b 3 3 C c 4 4 D d t 5 5 e 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 A B C D E n F ...

Page 752: ...P 1 1 A Q a q 1 A 1 A Q A Q 2 2 B R b r 2 B 2 B R B R 3 3 C S c s 3 C 3 C S C S 4 4 D T d t 4 D 4 D T D T 5 5 E U e u 5 E 5 E U E U 6 6 F V f v 6 F 6 F V F V 7 7 G W g w 7 G 7 G W G W 8 8 H X h x 8 H 8 H X H X 9 9 I Y i y 9 I 9 I Y I Y A J Z j z A J Z J Z J Z B K k B F K K K P C L l C L G L L L Q D M m D H M M M R E N n E I N N N S F O _ o F J O O O T ...

Page 753: ...S CAN 8 H X h x 9 HT EM 9 I Y i y A LF SUB J Z j z B VT ESC K k C FF FS L l D CR GS M m E SO RS N n F SI US O _ o 16 11 2 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE CONTROL CODE DATA NUL 00H 3EH 40H SOH 01H A 3EH 41H STX 02H B 3EH 42H Ú GS 1DH 3EH 5DH RS 1EH 3EH 5EH US 1FH _ 3EH 5FH 16 11 3 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE SPECIAL CODES Value 30 Character 0 95 1 96 2 97 3 98 4 99 5 100 6 101 7 102 8 16 11 4 DESIGNATION OF START CODE...

Page 754: ...13 13 49 Q Q 49 85 NAK u 85 14 14 50 R R 50 86 SYN v 86 15 15 51 S S 51 87 ETB w 87 16 0 0 16 52 T T 52 88 CAN x 88 17 1 1 17 53 U U 53 89 EM y 89 18 2 2 18 54 V V 54 90 SUB z 90 19 3 3 19 55 W W 55 91 ESC 91 20 4 4 20 56 X X 56 92 FS 92 21 5 5 21 57 Y Y 57 93 GS 93 22 6 6 22 58 Z Z 58 94 RS 94 23 7 7 23 59 59 95 US DEL 95 24 8 8 24 60 60 96 FNC3 FNC3 96 25 9 9 25 61 61 97 FNC2 FNC2 97 26 26 62 62...

Page 755: ...EP Series 16 12 16 11 6 RSS EXPANDED RSS EXPANDED STACKED Transfer code 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 SP 0 P p 1 1 A Q a q 2 2 B R b r 3 FNC1 3 C S c s 4 4 D T d t 5 5 E U e u 6 6 F V f v 7 7 G W g w 8 8 H X h x 9 9 I Y i y A J Z j z B K k C L l D M m E N n F O _ o ...

Page 756: ...E F 0 NUL DLE SP 0 P p 1 SOH DC1 1 A Q a q 2 STX DC2 2 B R b r 3 ETX DC3 3 C S c s 4 EOT DC4 4 D T d t 5 ENQ NAK 5 E U e u 6 ACK SYN 6 F V f v 7 BEL ETB 7 G W g w 8 BS CAN 8 H X h x 9 HT EM 9 I Y i y A LF SUB J Z j z B VT ESC K k C FF FS L l D CR GS M m E SO RS N n F SI US O _ o 16 12 3 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE CONTROL CODE DATA NUL 00H 3EH 40H SOH 01H A 3EH 41H STX 02H B 3EH 42H Ú GS 1DH 3EH 5DH RS 1E...

Page 757: ...rding to the code used PDF417 Mode Code Details EXC mode Alphanumerics symbols 0 to 9 A to Z a to z space _ CR HT Binary ASCII Plus mode Binary International Character Set 00H to FFH Kanji Numeric Compaction mode Numerics 0 to 9 MicroPDF417 Mode Details Upper case letters space A to Z space Binary international character set 00H to FFH Kanji Numerics 0 to 9 ...

Page 758: ...L ETB 7 G W g w 8 BS CAN 8 H X h x 9 HT EM 9 I Y i y A LF SUB J Z j z B VT ESC K k C FF FS L l D CR GS M m E SO RS N n F SI US O _ o 16 13 3 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE CONTROL CODE DATA NUL 00H 3EH 40H SOH 01H A 3EH 41H STX 02H B 3EH 42H Ú GS 1DH 3EH 5DH RS 1EH 3EH 5EH US 1FH _ 3EH 5FH 16 13 4 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE SPECIAL CODES 3EH 0 3EH 30H 16 13 5 HOW TO TRANSMIT THE KANJI CODES Shift JIS JIS hexadecima...

Page 759: ...d mode Data comma Data comma Data QR code can handle all codes including alphanumerics symbols and Kanji Since the data compression rate varies according to the code a code to be used is designated when the mode is selected Mode Code Details N Numerics 0 to 9 A Alphanumerics symbols A to Z 0 to 9 space B Binary 8 bit 00H to FFH K Kanji Shift JIS JIS hexadecimal If mixed mode is selected up to 200 ...

Page 760: ...DLE SP 0 P p 1 SOH DC1 1 A Q a q 2 STX DC2 2 B R b r 3 ETX DC3 3 C S c s 4 EOT DC4 4 D T d t 5 ENQ NAK 5 E U e u 6 ACK SYN 6 F V f v 7 BEL ETB 7 G W g w 8 BS CAN 8 H X h x 9 HT EM 9 I Y i y A LF SUB J Z j z B VT ESC K k C FF FS L l D CR GS M m E SO RS N n F SI US O _ o DEL The shaded parts are Japanese They are omitted here ...

Page 761: ... data designation for QR code c Alphanumeric mode ABC123 A A B C 1 2 3 Data to be printed Designation of mode d Binary mode 01H 03H 05H B 0 0 0 6 A C E Data to be printed No of data strings Designation of mode e Mixed mode Numeric mode 123456 Kanji mode Kanji data Binary mode a i u e o Alphanumeric mode ABC N 1 2 3 4 5 6 K Kanji data B 0 0 1 0 a i u e o A A B C Designation of mode f Automatic mode...

Page 762: ...z 122 Ú 218 ú 250 SUB 26 27 011011 EC EC EC EC EC 28 011100 FS 28 FS 28 FS 28 FS 28 Pad 29 011101 GS 29 GS 29 GS 29 GS 29 Pad 30 011110 RS 30 RS 30 RS 30 RS 30 ESC 27 31 011111 NS NS NS NS NS 32 100000 Space 32 123 Û 219 û 251 FS 28 33 100001 Pad Pad Ü 220 ü 252 GS 29 34 100010 34 125 Ý 221 ý 253 RS 30 35 100011 35 126 Þ 222 þ 254 US 31 36 100100 36 DEL 127 ß 223 ÿ 255 C159 159 37 100101 37 59 ª 1...

Page 763: ...trol code data SOH 01H A 3EH 41H STX 02H B 3EH 42H Ú GS 1DH 3EH 5DH RS 1EH 3EH 5EH US 1FH _ 3EH 5FH d How to transmit the special codes 3EH 0 3EH 30H e How to transmit the Kanji codes Shift JIS JIS hexadecimal For details refer to the section for the Barcode Data Command NOTE NUL code in the table cannot be used however it can be designated If it is designated data following NUL code is not printe...

Page 764: ...c s 4 EOT DC4 4 D T d t 5 ENQ NAK 5 E U e u 6 ACK SYN 6 F V f v 7 BEL ETB 7 G W g w 8 BS CAN 8 H X h x 9 HT EM 9 I Y i y A LF Note1 SUB J Z j z B VT ESC K k C FF FS L l D CR GS M m E SO RS N n F SI US O _ o DEL Note2 The all codes 00H to FFH can be used In the following cases however the codes will become special codes For the transfer method refer to the following Note 1 In case of LF 0AH data LF...

Page 765: ...Input Data To be checked as modulus 10 C D Drawing Data Other than 8 digits Not to be drawn Modulus 10 check No of Input Digits 8 digits Input Data To be checked as modulus 10 C D Drawing Data Other than 8 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 No of Input Digits Input Data 7 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Other than 7 digits Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D8 D7 D6 D5...

Page 766: ...e C D 4 digits No of Input Digits Input Data 11 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 4 digits Other than 11 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 Price C D 5 digits No of Input Digits Input Data 11 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 5 digits Other than 11 digits Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D...

Page 767: ...s 10 Price C D 4 digits No of Input Digits Input Data 10 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 4 digits Other than 10 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 Price C D 5 digits No of Input Digits Input Data 10 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 5 digits Other than 10 digits Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3...

Page 768: ...us 10 check No of Input Digits 7 digits Input Data To be checked as modulus 10 C D Drawing Data Other than 7 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 No of Input Digits 6 digits Input Data Calculate and reflect modulus 10 in the barcode Drawing Data Other than 6 digits Not to be drawn D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 0 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 C...

Page 769: ...10 check No of Input Digits 10 digits Input Data To be checked as modulus 10 C D Drawing Data Other than 10 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 No of Input Digits Input Data 9 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Other than 9 digits Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 ...

Page 770: ... Input Data To be checked as modulus 10 C D Drawing Data Other than 13 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 No of Input Digits Input Data 12 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Other than 12 digits Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D11 D13 D12 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D13 D12 D11 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D11 D13 D12 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D13 D12 ...

Page 771: ...ts Input Data 13 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 4 digits Other than 13 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 Price C D 5 digits No of Input Digits Input Data 13 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 5 digits Other than 13 digits Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D15 D14 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D15 D...

Page 772: ...Affix price C D 4 digits Other than 16 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 Price C D 5 digits No of Input Digits Input Data 16 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 5 digits Other than 16 digits Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D15 D14 D16 D18 D17 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D15 D14 D18 D17 D16 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D13 D12 D...

Page 773: ... Digits Input Data 12 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 4 digits Other than 12 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 Price C D 5 digits No of Input Digits Input Data 12 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 5 digits Other than 12 digits Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D11 D10 D9 D13 D12 C D D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D11 D10 D9 D13 D12 D...

Page 774: ... C D Affix price C D 4 digits Other than 15 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 Price C D 5 digits No of Input Digits Input Data 15 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D Affix price C D 5 digits Other than 15 digits Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D12 D11 D10 D9 D14 D13 D15 D17 D16 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D12 D11 D10 D9 D14 D13 D17 D16 D15 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D12 D11 D...

Page 775: ...f Input Digits 9 digits Input Data To be checked as modulus 10 C D Drawing Data Other than 9 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 No of Input Digits Input Data 8 digits Drawing Data Other than 8 digits Not to be drawn D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 0 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 0 D9 D8 Calculate and reflect modulus 10 C D in the barcode D6 D5 D...

Page 776: ...To be checked as modulus 10 C D Drawing Data Other than 12 digits Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 No of Input Digits Input Data 11 digits Drawing Data Other than 11 digits Not to be drawn D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D9 D8 D10 D12 D11 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 0 D9 D8 D11 D10 D12 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 0 D9 D8 D11 D10 D12 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D9 D8 D10 D12 D11 Calculate and reflect modulus 10 C D in the...

Page 777: ...lus 10 15 digits or more Not to be drawn IBM modulus 10 Auto affix of IBM modulus 10 No of Input Digits Input Data Max 13 digits Drawing Data Affix IBM modulus 10 Affix IBM modulus 10 14 digits or more Not to be drawn IBM modulus 11 Auto affix of IBM modulus 10 No of Input Digits Input Data Max 13 digits Drawing Data Affix IBM modulus 10 Affix IBM modulus 11 14 digits or more Not to be drawn D8 D7...

Page 778: ...ata 1 digit 127 digits or more Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 10 No of Input Digits Input Data Max 125 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 10 C D 126 digits or more Not to be drawn Auto affix of DBP modulus 10 No of Input Digits Input Data Max 125 digits Drawing Data Affix a DBP modulus 10 C D 126 digits or more Not to be drawn D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 C D D9 D6 D8 D7...

Page 779: ... Min 2 digits Max 126 digits Input Data To be checked as a modulus check character including C D Drawing Data 1 digit 127 digits or more Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus check character No of Input Digits Input Data Max 125 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus check character 126 digits or more Not to be drawn D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 C D D9 D6 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D9...

Page 780: ...23 digits Input Data Start code Stop code To be checked as modulus 43 C D including C D Drawing Data 1 digit 124 digits or more Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus 43 No of Input Digits Input Data Start code Stop code Max 122 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 43 C D 123 digits or more Not to be drawn D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 ST D1 SP D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 ST D1 SP D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 ST D1 S...

Page 781: ...nput Digits Input Data Start code Stop code Max 60 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus 43 C D 61 digits or more Not to be drawn NOTE Numerals under bars are not characters corresponding to the bars but the characters of the codes received are drawn Type of Barcode NW7 No affix C D check Auto affix No of Input Digits Max 125 digits Input Data Start code Stop code Drawing Data 126 digits or more Not...

Page 782: ... Drawing Data Stop code Start code Selection code Affix PSEUDO103 C D 61 digits or more Not to be drawn NOTE The following characters are not drawn as numerals under bars NUL 00H to US 1FH FNC1 FNC2 FNC3 SHIFT CODE A CODE B CODE C Type of Barcode CODE93 No affix C D check Auto affix of C D No of Input Digits Input Data Max 60 digits Drawing Data Stop code Affix a modulus 47 K C D Start code Affix ...

Page 783: ...digits Drawing Data Start code Stop code Dedicated check digit Input Data 9 digits Drawing Data Start code Stop code Dedicated check digit Input Data 11 digits Drawing Data Start code Frame Frame Stop code Dedicated check digit Other than 5 9 and 11 digits Not to be drawn D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 SP C D D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 ST D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D4 D3 D2 ST D14 D1 D15 D6 D16 D5 D17 FNC1 D18...

Page 784: ...ts or more is discarded Type of Barcode Highest priority customer barcode Auto affix of dedicated C D No of Input Digits Input Data 19 digits Drawing Data Start code CC7 Dedicated check digit Stop code 20 digits or more Data of up to 19 digits is drawn Data of 20 digits or more is discarded D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D4 D3 D2 D1 ST D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D14 D13...

Page 785: ...gits or more Not to be drawn Type of Barcode RSS Expanded Auto affix of dedicated C D No of Input Digits 70 digits Input Data Drawing Data Dedicated check digit 71 digits or more Not to be drawn NOTE Some data cannot be drawn even if the number of input digits is less than 70 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D13 D12 D11 C D D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D13 D12 D11 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D1...

Page 786: ...ts Min 2 digits Max 126 digits Input Data To be checked as a modulus check character including C D Drawing Data 1 digit 127 digits or more Not to be drawn Auto affix of modulus check character No of Input Digits Input Data Max 125 digits Drawing Data Affix a modulus check character 126 digits or more Not to be drawn D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 C D D9 D6 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 ...

Page 787: ... 12345ABC Full ASCII 12345ABC 12345ABC Standard 12345ABC Full ASCII J12345ABC 12345ABC Standard 12345ABC Full ASCII 12345ABC 12345ABC Standard 12345ABC CODE 39 Add start code Full ASCII J12345ABC 12345 ABC Standard 12345 ABC Full ASCII 12345 JABC 12345ABC Standard 12345ABC Full ASCII J J12345ABC 12345ABC Standard 12345ABC Full ASCII J12345ABC J 12345 ABC Standard 12345 ABC Full ASCII J12345 JABC 1...

Page 788: ...s Input Data Drawing Data 12345678 a12345678a a12345678 a12345678 12345678c 12345678c Omit b12345678d b12345678d No designation 12345a678 a12345a678a ab12345678 ab12345678 a12345678bc a12345678bc d12345b678c d12345b678c 12345678 a12345678 a12345678 aa12345678 12345678c a12345678c Add start code b12345678d ab12345678d 12345a678 a12345a678 ab12345678 aab12345678 a12345678bc aa12345678bc d12345b678c ...

Search results

Summary of Contents for B-EP Series

Reviews:

Related manuals for B-EP Series

Brands by name

Popular brands

Toshiba B-EP Series, Interface Specification

Search results

Summary of Contents for B-EP Series

Reviews:

Related manuals for B-EP Series

Brands by name

Popular brands